Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Residential Construction / Countryside Partnerships

Countryside Partnerships

csp · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker csp
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Residential Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Countryside Partnerships
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

O

U

N

T

R

Y

S

I

D

E

P

R

O

P

E

R

T

I

E

S

P

L

C

/

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
COUNTRYSIDE’S 
DIFFERENTIATED 
BUSINESS MODEL

“Countryside is a leading UK homebuilder specialising in 
placemaking and urban regeneration. Our balanced business 
model delivers this regeneration from our Partnerships 
division, together with larger scale communities from our 
strategic land-led Housebuilding division.” 

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive

Strategic report
2  Group at a glance

4 

2017 performance 
and highlights

Governance
40  Chairman’s introduction 

to governance

42  Board of Directors

5 

Chairman’s statement

44  Executive Committee

6  Group Chief Executive’s review

46  Corporate governance report

8  Our markets

10  Our business model

12  Our strategy

14  Key performance indicators

52  Report of the Audit 

Committee

56  Report of the Nomination 

Committee

57  Directors’ remuneration 

18  Operational review

report

18  Partnerships

22  Housebuilding

26  Group Chief Financial 
Officer’s review

30  Our people

32  Sustainability report

36  Risk management

59  Remuneration policy report

67  Annual report on 
remuneration

74  Directors’ report

77  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

Financial statements
78 

Independent auditor’s report

84  Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income

85  Consolidated statement 
of financial position

86  Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity

87  Consolidated cash 
flow statement

88  Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

Parent company 
financial statements
119  Parent company statement of 

financial position

120  Parent company statement of 

changes in equity

121  Notes to the parent company 

financial statements

IBC  Shareholder information

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017 
 
1

PARTNERSHIPS

Our Partnerships division 
specialises in urban regeneration 
of public sector land, delivering 
private and affordable homes in 
partnership with local authorities 
and housing associations. 
It operates in outer London, 
the West Midlands and 
North West England. 

Read more  
on pages 18 to 21

HOUSEBUILDING

Our Housebuilding division 
develops private and affordable 
homes on land owned or 
controlled by the Group, 
located in outer London and 
the Home Counties. It operates 
under the Countryside and 
Millgate brands.

Read more  
on pages 22 to 25

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsAll text and images to be supplied Group at a glance

2

CREATING PLACES 
PEOPLE LOVE

Our mixed-tenure approach to creating communities in both divisions, 
has delivered strong growth in completions across the Group in 2017.

Private 
Rental Sector
21%

Affordable
30%

Private
49%

3,389

homes

Private Rental 
Sector
33%

Affordable
29%

2,192

homes

Private
38%

Affordable
30%

Private
70%

1,197

homes

PARTN ER SHI PS

H OUSEBUI LDI NG

Continued Partnerships growth in our existing markets 
of London and the North West of England has been 
supplemented by delivery of 180 homes in our new 
West Midlands region.

Strong growth in private homes has driven total 
completions to record levels. The Housebuilding 
division has gained greater scale in each of our regions 
around London. 

Read more  
on pages 18 to 21

Read more  
on pages 22 to 25

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 20179

years’ visibility in our 
Partnerships division

83%

of our Housebuilding land bank 
is strategically sourced

3

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

PARTNERSHIPS

HOUSEB UILDING

OUR   IN VE STMEN T  CASE

•  Impressive track record of winning new business

Countryside has a strong track record of placemaking 
and benefits from long-term relationships in both 
the Partnerships and Housebuilding divisions. 

•  Balanced business model with two complementary divisions

•  Excellent visibility through Partnerships pipeline and 

Housebuilding land bank

•  Increasing scale with established platform for growth

•  Low-capital Partnerships model

•  Strong balance sheet with capacity for growth

•  Long-established supply chain

Strategic reportCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017 
2017 performance and highlights

4

17

16

15

17

16

15

Adjusted revenue1 £m

Adjusted operating profit2,3 £m

Adjusted operating margin3 %

£1,028.8m
+32%

£164.1m
+34%

16.0%
+20bps

476.7

552.1

1,028.8

349.9

427.1

777.0

285.1

330.7

615.8

17

16

15

79.4

91.5

164.1

56.8

68.1

122.5

39.6

51.6

91.2

17

16

15

16.7

16.2

16.6

16.0

15.9

15.8

13.9

15.6

14.8

Return on capital employed4 %

Tangible net asset value5 £m

Land bank # plots

30.5%
+370bps

£627.0m
+17%

34,581
+27%

77.5

21.0

30.5

72.1

18.0

26.8

69.4

16.6

24.7

17

116.0

16

105.6

15

45.9

511.0

627.0

431.8

537.4

283.1

329.0

17

16

15

7,881

7,803

14,755

19,826

34,581

19,322

27,204

18,410

26,213

•  Completions up 28 per cent to 3,389 homes 

•  Reported revenue up 26 per cent to £845.8m 

(2016: 2,657 homes)

(2016: £671.3m)

•   Private average selling price (“ASP”) down 8 per cent 

•  Reported operating profit up 48 per cent to £128.9m 

to £430,000 (2016: £465,000)

(2016: £87.3m)

•  Net reservation rates increased to 0.84 (2016: 0.78)

•  Net cash of £77.4m (2016: £12.0m)

•  Open sales outlets up 9 per cent at 47 (2016: 43)

•  Basic earnings per share of 26.0 pence (2016: 13.6 pence)

•  Private forward order book up 8 per cent to £242.4m 

•  Accident Incident Rate (“AIR”) of 220 (2016: 305)

(2016: £225.4m)

•  NHBC Recommend a Friend score of 88.6 per cent 

•  Total land bank increased to 34,581 (2016: 27,204)

(2016: 84.8 per cent)

•  Adjusted earnings per share of 27.8 pence (2016: 16.3 pence)

Read more on our KPIs  
on pages 14 to 17

Key

Group

Partnerships

Housebuilding

1.  Adjusted revenue includes the Group’s share of revenue from associate and joint ventures of 

£183.0m (2016: £105.7m; 2015: £68.3m).

2.  Adjusted operating profit includes the Group’s share of operating profit from associate and joint 

ventures of £33.6m (2016: £25.3m; 2015: £16.7m) and excludes non-underlying items of 
£1.6m (2016: £9.9m; 2015: £6.6m).

3.  Divisional adjusted operating profit excludes Group items of £6.8m (2016: £2.4m; 2015: £1.2m), 

comprising share-based payment expense of £5.1m (2016: £1.1m; 2015: £Nil) and brand 
amortisation of £1.7m (2016: £1.3m; 2015: £1.2m).

4.  Return on capital employed (“ROCE”) is calculated as adjusted operating profit divided by average 
tangible net operating assets value (“TNOAV”). TNOAV is calculated as tangible net asset value 
excluding net cash.

5.  Divisional tangible net asset value (“TNAV”) is calculated as divisional TNOAV plus net cash 

allocated pro rata based on divisional TNOAV.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Chairman’s statement

A YEAR OF  
SIGNIFICANT PROGRESS

5

As we enter 2018, our key areas of focus 
continue to be to support implementation 
of the Group’s business strategy, to deepen 
the succession planning for the Board and 
Executive Committee and to ensure that 
corporate governance and risk management 
mitigation plans are embedded across 
the business.

There were two Board changes during the course 
of the year. On 26 May 2017, we announced 
that Oaktree had completed a sale of shares in 
Countryside, reducing its remaining shareholding 
to approximately 23 per cent of the Company’s 
issued share capital. As a consequence, James 
Van Steenkiste stepped down from the Board 
on 5 June 2017 as per the Relationship Agreement 
between Oaktree and the Company. Additionally, 
on 2 October 2017, Richard Adam announced 
his intention to step down as a Non-Executive 
Director of the Company, with his last day of 
service being 31 December 2017. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank 
both James and Richard for their significant 
contributions to the Board and its Committees 
since joining Countryside. The whole Board 
wishes them both well for the future. A search 
for Richard’s successor is well under way and 
an announcement of the appointment will be 
made in due course.

Our people
We recognise that our people are the 
most important factor in delivering on our 
ambitious growth plans and we continue to 
invest in developing them at all levels. As at 
30 September 2017 we had over 1,200 employees, 
12 per cent more than a year ago. We are 
recruiting more apprentices, graduates and 
trainees than ever before. In addition, we have 
placed great focus on succession planning at all 
levels during the year. In May, we were delighted 
to announce the reshaping of our Executive 
Committee following the retirement of Richard 
Cherry, with Ian Kelley, Nick Worrall and Phillip 
Lyons, who joined the business as Chief Executive 
of our Housebuilding division, joining the 
executive team. 

The quality and commitment of our people 
was recognised with a number of awards during 
the year including “Large Housebuilder of the 
Year” at the Housebuilder Awards.

I would like to thank each and every one of our 
employees for their hard work during the course 
of the year. 

David Howell
Chairman 
21 November 2017

Countryside has delivered another 
year of significant progress completing 
3,389 homes while maintaining a 
strong balance sheet and with 
excellent visibility over our future 
growth ambitions.

Well positioned for growth
During 2017 the business continued to perform 
well, delivering on the key targets set out at 
our initial public offering (“IPO”) in February 
2016. Political support for the housebuilding 
industry remains strong and we welcome the 
Government’s commitment to housing with 
the white paper “Fixing our broken housing 
market” and subsequently announced increased 
funding for both affordable housing and the 
Help to Buy scheme.

At our interim results in May 2017, we upgraded 
the targets that we set out at our IPO as we 
saw opportunities to accelerate delivery on a 
number of our Partnerships sites. We remain 
firmly on track to deliver these targets and indeed 
exceeded our 28 per cent return on capital 
employed (“ROCE”) target in 2017, a year 
ahead of plan. 

We maintained our focus on capital discipline 
and ended the year with £77.4m of net cash 
on the balance sheet. During the year we 
extended our £300m revolving credit facility 
out to May 2022 and we continue to have 
significant headroom. While there are substantial 
plans for investment in our developments during 
2018, our policy remains to be broadly debt 
neutral at the end of each financial year. 

Our position going into the next financial year 
is strong. Our year-end private forward order 
book is at a record level at £242.4m, which, 
combined with a strong pipeline in both 
divisions, positions us well to achieve our 
ambitious growth plans. 

Returns to shareholders
Our share price performed well over the course 
of the financial year, reflecting the performance 
of the business along with continued investor 
education. In the year to 30 September 2017, 
we delivered a total shareholder return of 
46.6 per cent compared to 13.5 per cent for 
the FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts). 

With the growth in earnings, our proposed dividend 
per share has also increased by 147 per cent 
with a recommended final dividend per share 
of 5.0 pence. Subject to approval at the AGM 
on 25 January 2018, the dividend will be paid 
on 9 February 2018 to shareholders registered 
at 22 December 2017. Together with the interim 
dividend of 3.4 pence per share, this will give a 
total dividend for the year of 8.4 pence per share.

Priorities of the Board
The Board continues to regard corporate 
governance as a core and vital discipline 
complementing our desire to continually improve 
upon the success of the Group on behalf of 
our shareholders. During 2017, particular areas 
of focus were to develop policies and procedures 
to address the new Consumer Code for Home 
Builders and to prepare for the introduction of 
the Criminal Finance Act and the General Data 
Protection Regulation. 

Further details on our people can 
be found on pages 30 and 31

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Group Chief Executive’s review

6

DELIVERING SECTOR-LEADING 
GROWTH FROM OUR MIXED-
TENURE MODEL

The Group continues to make progress with its strategic objectives 
of sector-leading growth, superior return on capital and building 
resilience through the economic cycle. 

Group strategy
Our mixed-tenure model gives us the ability 
to build sites out more quickly, delivering much 
needed high-quality housing. We deliver this 
strategy through our two balanced operating 
divisions of Partnerships and Housebuilding, 
both of which offer strong growth through 
differentiated models that deliver capital efficiency 
and manage risk. Our developments offer a wide 
range of price points, with homes for first-time 
buyers through to larger homes from our 
premium brand, Millgate. 

Our Partnerships division operates in Outer 
London, the West Midlands and the North 
West of England. It delivers private, affordable 
and Private Rental Sector (“PRS”) homes on 
larger sites, typically public sector brownfield 
sites or local authority estate regeneration. 
The land is typically sourced via public 
procurement or direct negotiation and is 
developed in partnership with local authorities, 
housing associations or PRS providers. It is 
a low-capital model offering strong returns 
and the flexibility of long-term development 
agreements, many with phased viability and 
priority returns. The division has an excellent 
track record of winning new work, reflecting 
over 30 years’ experience on over 60 regeneration 
schemes, strong relationships with local authorities 
and expertise in placemaking. Typically, we secure 
around 40 per cent of bids we submit, and 
with a current pipeline of approximately nine 
years, we have excellent visibility of future work. 

Our Housebuilding model is based on an 
industry-leading strategic land bank, all of 
which is located in economically resilient 
markets in Outer London and the Home 
Counties. Over 80 per cent of our land bank 
is strategically sourced via long-term planning 
promotion, which offers Countryside over 
ten years’ visibility of future supply, together 
with an average 10 per cent discount to the 
prevailing open market value. Additionally, as 
73 per cent of this land is controlled via 
options or conditional contracts, it ensures 
both balance sheet efficiency and flexibility 
through the cycle. 

Overview of the market
Overall the backdrop for the UK housing market 
remains positive with continued strong customer 
demand, favourable mortgage lending conditions 
and good political support. During the year all 
political parties recognised the need for additional 
housing, not just because of the chronic need 
for new homes but also because of the important 
role that housebuilding plays in the wider economy. 
In February 2017, the Government issued a 
housing white paper, “Fixing our broken housing 
market”, which set out a broad range of reforms 
to help shape the housing market and increase 
the supply of new homes. One of the main 
themes of the report was a shift in focus from 
home ownership to increasing supply of all 
tenures of housing, including more affordable 
and PRS homes. In October 2017, the Government 
reaffirmed its support for housing, committing 
a further £2bn of funding to deliver more 
affordable homes and an additional £10bn of 
funding for the Help to Buy scheme, which 
currently runs to 2021. 

28%

growth in total 
completions

88

active sites at 
30 September 2017

Supply of both private and public land remains 
good. In particular, during the period we saw a 
further increase in public sector land being released 
for regeneration giving us additional opportunities 
to secure more work. 

Labour supply continues to be constrained 
across the industry and we, along with the 
Home Builders Federation, have been encouraging 
the Government to protect the status of EU 
construction workers as a vital part of the UK 
economy and to protect future development. 
To mitigate this risk, we are recruiting a record 
number of apprentices and management trainees 
and have expanded our graduate recruitment 
programme. In addition, our larger site profile 
allows us to retain and expand our supply chain, 
by offering greater visibility of future work and 
longer contracts. Overall, build cost inflation 
was approximately four per cent for the year. 

In order to meet the increased demand for 
housing, despite the labour shortage, the industry 
must also look at different build methodologies 
to deliver growth in output. We already utilise 
off-site timber frame construction on around 
40 per cent of our current output. We are 
examining the way that this process can be 
enhanced to include all windows, first-fix plumbing 
and electrical insulation and plasterboard in a 
closed panel system. We believe that off-site 
construction is integral to meeting our growth 
plans and securing our supply chain for the future. 

Our performance
2017 was another year of strong progress with 
both divisions performing well. Overall, the Group 
has grown strongly, with total completions up 
28 per cent to 3,389 homes (2016: 2,657 homes) 
driven by construction site starts and increased 
open sales outlets. As anticipated, growth of 
private for sale homes was particularly strong, up 
47 per cent to 1,662 homes (2016: 1,127 homes) 
as the large number of sites started in 2016 
reached full production. However, private for 
sale completions were still less than half of our 
overall delivery during the year reflecting our 
strategy of mixed-tenure development. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 20177

The standard of our business has also been 
maintained throughout this period of growth. 
Our health and safety Accident Incident Rate 
was 220 (2016: 305), significantly better than 
the Health and Safety Executive construction 
index and the Home Builders Federation 
industry benchmark. National House Building 
Council (“NHBC”) reportable items were 
0.21 per home (2016: 0.23), which was again 
significantly ahead of the industry benchmark. 
We maintained our focus on our objective of 
becoming a five-star builder during the year 
and our customer service has continued to 
improve. Our customer satisfaction, as measured 
by the NHBC Recommend a Friend score, now 
stands at 88.6 per cent (2016: 84.8 per cent). 

Outlook
Current trading has remained robust since year 
end. Low interest rates and increased demand 
from first-time buyers, supported by Help to Buy, 
continue to underpin private for sale homes, 
while the structural demand for affordable and 
PRS homes further supports our growth plans. 
We continue to successfully convert our strategic 
land bank to open more sites and, as a result, 
our Housebuilding division is on its way to optimal 
scale. This growth, combined with our excellent 
pipeline of Partnerships work, which allowed 
us to increase our targets at our interim results, 
and a record year-end forward order book, 
gives us great confidence to deliver our 
medium-term plans. We are encouraged by 
the continued political support for all tenures of 
housing with the recently increased commitments 
to both Help to Buy and affordable housing 
and we feel we are ideally placed to benefit 
from these policies. 

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive
21 November 2017

£242.4m

of reservations in 
our private forward 
order book

Total adjusted revenue was up 32 per cent to 
£1,028.8m1 (2016: £777.0m), with a planned 
decline in the Group private average selling price 
(“ASP”) to £430,000 (2016: £465,000) more 
than offset by an increase in affordable ASP. 
Underlying house price inflation was five per cent 
during the year and offset build cost inflation in 
both divisions. Our net reservation rate was 
above our target range at 0.84 reservations per 
open sales outlet (2016: 0.78) on an increased 
number of open sales outlets at 47 (2016: 43). 
At 30 September 2017, we had a further 
41 sites under construction. 

We continue to focus on capital and operational 
efficiency both at the divisional and at the Group 
level. Group operating margin increased by 20bps, 
which, together with increased revenue, gave 
an adjusted Group operating profit of £164.1m2 
(2016: £122.5m), up 34 per cent on the prior 
year. This, combined with our focus on capital 
efficiency, allowed us to exceed our ROCE target 
of 28 per cent, as set out at our IPO, a year 
earlier than planned at 30.5 per cent in 2017, up 
370bps on the prior year (2016: 26.8 per cent).

We pride ourselves on the quality of our 
product and were delighted to be named 
“Large Housebuilder of the Year” at the recent 
Housebuilder Awards. In addition, we were 
presented with a further nine awards during 
the year for work at Acton Gardens (London), 
Abode (Cambridge), Woolley Hall (Berkshire) 
and Englemere (Ascot). 

1.  On a reported basis, revenue increased 26 per cent to £845.8m (2016: £671.3m).
2.  On a reported basis, Group operating profit was increased 48 per cent to £128.9m (2016: £87.3m).

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Our markets

8

KEY TRENDS IN  
THE HOUSING MARKET

The backdrop for the UK housing market remains positive with 
continued strong customer demand, favourable mortgage lending 
conditions and good political support. 

Structural undersupply of housing
The long-term undersupply of housing, as first 
identified in the 2004 Barker Review, meant 
that a minimum of 200,000 new homes per year 
were required in England to maintain the supply 
and demand balance. It has subsequently been 
recognised that additional latent demand has 
built up over the past 25 years, such that this 
number needs to be around 250,000 and possibly 
more. While the supply of new housing has 
grown steadily over the past six years, the 
number of net additions to the housing stock 
was just 190,000 last year.

Our response
We have been growing our total annual 
completions over the past five years, from 
1,903 homes in 2012 to 3,389 homes in 2017. 
Our business has the resources both in people 
and financial strength to continue this growth in 
the medium term, both in our existing areas of 
operation and in newer geographies such as the 
West Midlands. We continue to see significant 
future growth in both our Partnerships and 
Housebuilding divisions, which in turn will drive 
improved operating margins from greater scale.

Mixed-tenure delivery
In part, the structural undersupply in housing has 
been caused by the lack of affordable housing 
being built in England. Large-scale local authority 
housing estates constructed in the 1960s and 
1970s have not been replicated in the past 
35 years and the delivery of social housing 
within private developments under Section 106 
agreements has not kept up with demand. 
Private Rental Sector (“PRS”) housing has 
largely been provided by small independent 
landlords in poor quality older homes, with 
little purpose-built PRS housing being constructed 
over the same period. While there is increased 
appetite from institutional investors, there remains 
a structural undersupply of good quality homes 
for market rent in most urban areas.

Government policy
All political parties have recognised the need 
for additional housing, not just because of the 
chronic need for new homes but also because 
of the important role that housebuilding plays in 
the wider economy. Recent policy has focused on 
stimulating demand for home ownership through 
programmes such as Help to Buy, which has 
helped over 140,000 families own a home over the 
past four years. Commitment to the Help to Buy 
programme has been made to 2021 and the 
scheme was recently bolstered by an additional 
£10bn of funding. Additionally, the Government 
has committed a further £2bn of funding to deliver 
affordable homes and the National Planning Policy 
Framework is ensuring that all local authorities 
have a consistently calculated five-year supply 
of land for new homes.

Our response
We are committed to delivering a mixed-tenure 
approach on our developments. We differ from 
all other major housebuilders in that the private 
for sale homes made up just less than half, 
49 per cent, of our total completions in 2017, 
with 30 per cent affordable and 21 per cent PRS 
homes. Our Partnerships division delivers a 
balanced mix of all three tenure types, giving it 
the benefit of being able to grow more rapidly, 
with the added benefit of business resilience 
should the private for sale market start to slow.

Our response
We are ideally placed to benefit from the 
commitment to deliver more new homes of 
all tenures. In 2017, 88 per cent of our private 
for sale homes were eligible for the Help to Buy 
programme and it was utilised on 27 per cent 
of our total completions across the Group. 
We deliver a greater proportion of affordable 
housing in London than any other major 
housebuilder and through our Partnerships 
division we have a nine-year pipeline of future 
work. We also have an industry-leading owned 
or controlled land bank, all within 50 miles of 
London, the vast majority of which, 83 per cent, 
has been strategically sourced.

Read more  
on page 19

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 20179

Future regulation 
Following the tragic events at Grenfell Tower, a 
wide-ranging inquiry has commenced to establish 
the causes and examine the responses to this 
disaster. While the inquiry is yet to be concluded, 
the Government has required all housebuilders 
and property owners to review the fire strategy 
for all buildings built or refurbished since 2005 
and in particular the materials used on buildings 
greater than 18 metres in height. Additionally, a 
consultation has commenced into leasehold 
reform with a focus on the creation of leasehold 
houses, ground rent escalation and freeholder 
management charges. This consultation is due 
to report its findings at the end of 2017.

Our response
We have carried out a thorough review of all 
buildings constructed since 2005 and have little 
exposure to either tall buildings or refurbishments. 
We have identified only one development where 
corrective work is required. In conjunction with 
the housing association which owns the property, 
a scope of works has been agreed to fully remediate 
the fire strategy for the development and will 
be completed by the end of 2017.
On leasehold reform, we have committed 
to ensuring that houses are sold on a freehold 
basis wherever we own the land and, where 
leasehold is required, the terms of the lease are 
clear and affordable. We had a small number of 
developments where, on review, we felt that the 
ground rent rose too quickly and we have 
committed to amend those leases to fairer 
terms at our expense. 

Labour supply
The housebuilding industry has a shortage 
of skilled and experienced labour at all levels. 
Chronic underinvestment over the past 25 years, 
followed by the 2008 recession, has eroded 
the workforce considerably at a time when 
a significant increase in output is required. 
The skills gap has largely been filled by overseas 
workers from the European Union (“EU”) 
and beyond, who now make up a significant 
proportion of the workforce, especially in 
Greater London. Brexit negotiations have 
led to uncertainty over the security of the 
EU workforce, not just from potential future 
employment restrictions but also from possible 
economic migration caused by Sterling devaluation.

Our response
We, together with the Home Builders Federation, 
have been encouraging the Government to 
protect the status of EU construction workers as 
a vital part of the UK economy. At the same 
time, we are mitigating the risk of a lack of 
labour availability by recruiting a record number 
of apprentices and management trainees and 
expanding our graduate recruitment programme. 
Our directly employed workforce has grown 
from fewer than 600 in 2014 to over 1,200 in 2017, 
as we focus on our growth agenda by recruiting, 
retaining and developing the best talent at all 
levels. Our larger sites also allow us to retain 
and expand our supply chain, by offering 
longer-term contracts and better quality 
working conditions. 

Off-site construction
In order to meet the increased demand 
for housing despite the labour shortage, 
the industry must look at different build 
methodologies to deliver growth in output. 
While the industry has not yet fully embraced 
non-traditional build, several methods of off-site 
construction are being developed, from timber 
frame construction to complete modular build. 
With Government and public sector land owner 
support, together with potential future fire safety 
regulations, the case for off-site construction has 
grown. The principal benefits are speed of build, 
lower reliance on scarce site skills and improved 
build quality from automated processes.

Our response
We already utilise off-site timber frame construction 
on around 40 per cent of our current output. 
We are examining the way that this process can 
be enhanced to include all windows, first-fix 
plumbing and electrical insulation and plasterboard 
in a closed panel system. Together with our 
supply chain partners, we are also looking to 
automate the production process of the panels 
to improve capacity, product quality and efficiency. 
We believe that off-site construction is integral 
to meeting our growth plans and securing our 
supply chain for the future.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Our business model

10

MIXED-TENURE MODEL DRIVING 
STRONG RISK-ADJUSTED RETURNS

We have a differentiated, balanced and flexible business model with our lower 
risk Partnerships division and our strategic land-led Housebuilding division. 

KEY RESOU RCE S

BALAN CED BUSI NESS MODE L

L A N D

P E O P L E

Excellent visibility of future 
growth with embedded value 
from strategic land and long-term 
development agreements

Read our operational review  
on pages 18 to 25

Highly experienced and 
motivated employees together 
with strong supply chain 
relationships

Read our people section  
on pages 30 and 31

P A R T N E R S H I P S

Enduring relationships with local 
authorities, housing associations 
and major land owners

Read our sustainability review  
on pages 32 to 35

R E P U T A T I O N

Built on transparency, proven 
development expertise and 
delivery through the cycle

Read our risk management report  
on pages 36 to 39

F I N A N C I A L   S T R E N G T H

Strong balance sheet with low 
obligations and debt capacity 
if required 

Read our financial review  
on pages 26 to 29

PARTNERSHIPS

Low-risk model with high return 
on capital employed

Our Partnerships division specialises in regeneration 
and is the UK’s most established partnerships 
homebuilder with over 30 years’ experience. 
Through this division we strive to make lives 
better through building a mix of private for sale, 
PRS and affordable homes. 

Read more about our Partnerships division  
on pages 18 to 21

HOUSEBUILDING

Investment in growth and margin potential

Our Housebuilding division builds private and affordable 
homes. It works collaboratively with landowners, public 
agencies and major commercial organisations, to create 
places people love, and which consistently deliver 
a premium for our partners.

Read more about our Housebuilding division  
on pages 22 to 25

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201711

•  Public sector land-led regeneration

•  30-year relationships with local authorities

•  Reputation for placemaking and 

urban regeneration

•  Low-risk/low-capital model

•  Excellent visibility of future work

•  Continued political support from both central 

and local government

•  Over 10 years’ supply of strategic land

•  Focused on Outer London and the South East 

•  Flexibility and balance sheet efficiency from 

controlled and optioned land

•  Strong average selling prices from placemaking

•  Operating efficiency from increasing scale

T HE  OUTCOME S WE DEL IV E R ED

19,826
plots within our 
Housebuilding 
land bank

3,065
training courses 
completed by 
employees

83%
of land strategically 
sourced

70%
of employees 
are shareholders

51%
affordable and 
PRS homes

9
years of future 
work secured

88.6%
of customers would 
recommend us to 
a friend

220
AIR below the 
industry average 

£77.4m
net cash

30.5%
return on capital 
employed

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201712

Our strategy

BUILDING ON 
OUR STRATEGY

Delivering sustainable growth and superior returns from 
our balanced business model through the cycle with a 
commitment to quality and integrity.

1

Growth Sector-leading growth

We aim to deliver sector-leading growth from 
our mixed-tenure delivery in Partnerships 
and developing our industry-leading land 
bank in Housebuilding. 

Our approach
•  Growth in sites under construction and open sales outlets

•  Accelerated build from mixed-tenure delivery

•  Private selling prices set to target areas of strongest demand

•  Revenue growth from increased volume

2

Returns Superior return on capital

Our ambition is to deliver superior returns through 
leveraging our low-capital Partnerships division 
and improving operational efficiency through 
greater scale in our Housebuilding division. 

Our approach
•  Focus on improving gross margin

•  Improved operational efficiency from greater scale

•  Continued growth in operating margin

•  Capital-light model to deliver higher returns

•  Dividend policy supports growth and capital discipline

3

Resilience Through the cycle performance

Our strategy is to maintain a position of financial 
strength while growing the business and generating 
superior returns, through the cycle, by focusing on 
mixed-tenure delivery, particularly within Partnerships.

Our approach
•  Balanced business between Partnerships and Housebuilding 

•  Mixed-tenure development, with private, PRS and affordable homes

•  Prudent balance sheet with low gearing and land creditors

•  Flexible strategic land bank based on options

•  Strong pipeline of future Partnerships work which underpins growth

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201713

Key performance indicators (“KPIs”)
Our KPIs align our performance and accountability to our strategy of 
sector-leading growth, superior return on capital and building resilience 
through the economic cycle.

Quality KPIs
Three non-financial KPIs measure the quality of the Group’s 
performance. These KPIs are relevant across all three strategic priorities:

•  NHBC Reportable Items; 

•  Accident Incident Rate; and

•  NHBC Recommend a Friend score.

Read about our key performance 
indicators on pages 14 to 17

In 2017 we delivered
•  47 open sales outlets, up 9 per cent on the prior year

Our priorities for 2018
•  Focus on the continued growth in sales outlets

•  Net reservation rate of 0.84 above our target range

•  Continue to focus product on areas of strongest demand

•  51 per cent of completions from affordable and PRS homes

•  Manage sales values to maintain affordability

•  Planned reduction in private ASP to £430,000

•  Maintain net reservation rate between 0.6 and 0.8

•  Underlying sales price growth of 5 per cent

•  Increase production from new West Midlands region

•  28 per cent increase in completions

In 2017 we delivered
•  Adjusted gross margins of 21.2 per cent1

Our priorities for 2018
•  Maintain adjusted gross margins across the Group

•  Improved adjusted operating margin by 20bps to 16.0 per cent 

•  Improve operational efficiency through greater scale

through operational efficiency

•  34 per cent increase in adjusted operating profit

•  370bps improvement in ROCE

•  Dividend increased to 8.4 pence per share

•  17 per cent increase in TNAV

1.  Adjusted gross profit includes the Group’s share of gross profit from associate and joint ventures of 

£34.5m (2016: £26.1m; 2015: £17.3m).

•  Maintain capital discipline to drive further ROCE improvement

•  Investment in growth while maintaining low gearing

•  Growth in dividend driven by increasing earnings per share

In 2017 we delivered
•  46 per cent of operating profit from Partnerships and 54 per cent 

Our priorities for 2018
•  Grow the Partnerships pipeline of future work

from Housebuilding

•  51 per cent of homes were affordable or PRS

•  Net cash position of £77.4m at year end with adjusted gearing 

(including land creditors within debt) of 7.4 per cent

•  73 per cent of Housebuilding land bank controlled via options or contracts

•  7,030 plots added to our Partnerships pipeline representing three 

years’ supply at 2017 volumes

•  Continue to focus mixed-tenure developments

•  Target a debt neutral position at year end

•  Maintain our strategic-led Housebuilding land bank

•  Mobilise Partnerships sites and accelerate development where possible

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201714

Key performance indicators

CONTINUED GROWTH, 
MAINTAINING QUALITY

We have made good progress on all of our KPIs this year 
as we continue to deliver our strategic objectives.

Measuring our 2017 
performance
2017 has been another year of strong performance 
for the Group in which we made progress on 
all 11 financial and non-financial key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”). Our KPIs are designed to 
ensure that we remain focused on delivering 
growth in our output whilst delivering superior 
shareholder returns within the framework of a 
robust balance sheet. We also ensure that the 
pace of growth does not compromise product 
quality or the safety of those working on our sites.

Transparent measures to 
reward performance
We have maintained a consistent set of KPIs 
at all levels of the business to ensure that all of 
our people understand what drives value for 
our shareholders. There is a clear link between 
performance against our financial KPIs and 
remuneration through our Group bonus scheme 
which has targets including adjusted operating 
profit and return on capital employed.

Link between KPIs and Executive Director 
remuneration on pages 60 and 61

Completions #

Adjusted revenue £

3,389
+28%

17

16

15

£1,028.8m
+32%

3,389

2,657

2,364

17

16

15

1,028.8

777.0

615.8

Definition
The number of homes sold in the financial year, 
including our share of associate and joint ventures’ 
completions. For private homes, this is the number 
of legal completions during the year. For affordable 
and PRS homes and design and build contracts, 
this represents the equivalent number of units 
sold, based on the proportion of work completed 
under a contract during the year.

Performance
Completions increased by 28 per cent in 2017 
as we increased our open sales outlets from 
43 to 47 as the investments made in 2016 began 
to deliver sales. Our net reservation rate also 
increased to 0.84 from 0.78.

Definition
Revenue consists of sales proceeds for private 
homes and contractual payments made for 
affordable homes, PRS and design and build 
units as well as the proceeds from land and 
commercial sales and project management fees. 
Adjusted revenue includes our share of revenue 
from associate and joint ventures.

Performance
Adjusted revenue increased by 32 per cent 
to £1,028.8m in 2017 (2016: £777.0m) as 
our completion numbers increased during 
the year. Private ASP decreased to £430,000 
(2016: £465,000) as planned, offset by an 
increase in affordable ASP.

Link to strategy
Growth in completions is key to delivering our 
medium-term growth objectives.

Link to strategy
Adjusted revenue is a key measure of the 
growth the business has delivered.

Our strategic priorities – Key

1

2

3

Growth

Returns

Resilience

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

1

1

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201715

Adjusted 
operating margin %

Adjusted 
operating profit £

Tangible net 
asset value £

16.0%
+20bps

17

16

15

£164.1m
+34%

£627.0m
+17%

16.0

15.8

14.8

17

16

15

122.5

91.2

164.1

17

16

15

627.0

537.4

329.0

Definition
Adjusted operating profit divided by 
adjusted revenue.

Performance
Adjusted operating margin increased by 20bps 
as we benefitted from the increasing scale 
of the business partly offset by the increase 
in production in our Partnerships division, 
particularly in the West Midlands and the 
North West of England.

Link to strategy
Improving operating margin helps us to deliver 
increasing returns to shareholders.

Definition
Group operating profit including our share of 
associate and joint ventures’ operating profit and 
excluding the impact of non-underlying items.

Performance
Adjusted operating profit grew by 34 per cent to 
£164.1m as our investment in new developments 
began to deliver sales and the increase in adjusted 
operating margin during the year.

Link to strategy
Sustainable growth in adjusted operating profit 
helps us to achieve our growth plans and to 
build a resilient balance sheet.

Definition
Net assets excluding intangible assets net of 
deferred tax.

Performance
TNAV increased due to the increase in retained 
profits as the business continued to grow, offset 
by £30.6m of dividends paid to shareholders 
during the year.

Link to strategy
Growth in TNAV is a key measure of the 
success of our strategy to grow the business.

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

2

1

3

2

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Key performance indicators continued

16

Return on capital 
employed %

Gearing %

Land bank plots

30.5%
+370bps

17

16

15

(11.3)%
(930)bps

34,581 plots
+27%

30.5

26.8

24.7

17

16

15

(11.3)

(2.0)

17

16

15

15.3

34,581

27,204

26,213

Definition
Adjusted operating profit divided by the 
average of opening and closing tangible net 
operating asset value (“TNOAV”). TNOAV is 
calculated as TNAV excluding net debt or cash.

Performance
Our focus on capital efficiency and growth in the 
Partnerships business contributed to an increase 
in asset turn to 1.9 times (2016: 1.7 times) which, 
combined with the improvement in adjusted 
operating margin, increased ROCE by 370bps.

Link to strategy
Return on capital employed is a key measure 
of our improving returns to shareholders.

Definition
Net debt divided by net assets.

Performance
We ended the year with net cash of £77.4m 
compared to £12.0m in 2016. This, combined 
with an increase in TNAV, resulted in a reduction 
in gearing to (11.3) per cent (2016: (2.0) per cent).

Adjusted gearing, which includes land creditors 
as debt, was 7.4 per cent (2016: 15.1 per cent).

Link to strategy
Maintaining the Group’s gearing level within 
our target range means that we have a resilient 
balance sheet which helps us to manage the 
business through the cycle.

Definition
The number of plots owned or controlled by 
the Group on which homes can be built.

Performance
Our land bank increased by 7,377 plots 
during the year as we continued to add to 
the Partnerships pipeline with significant new 
business wins.

Link to strategy
Winning Partnerships contracts and securing 
land at the right price are key to delivering our 
target returns, ensuring a supply of land to fuel 
the growth of our business.

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

2

3

3

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201717

NHBC Reportable 
Items (“RIs”)

Accident Incident 
Rate (“AIR”)

NHBC Recommend 
a Friend score %

0.21
(9)%

17

16

15

220
(28)%

88.6%
+380bps

0.21

0.23

0.22

17

16

15

220

305

265

17

16

15

88.6

84.8

82.7

Definition
Defects reported per plot at National House 
Building Council (“NHBC”) inspections at key 
build stages.

Performance
Our number of reported defects reduced 
during the year as we continued to focus on 
the quality of our build. This remains below 
the industry average of 0.37. 

Link to strategy
Building homes to a high standard helps 
minimise customer care issues and maintain 
our reputation for high-quality homes. The 
strength of our reputation underpins our 
ability to grow the business.

Definition
The number of accidents per 100,000 people 
at risk during the financial year.

Performance
We maintained the AIR below the industry 
average for the 14th consecutive year, a record 
of which we are proud. 

Overall, our AIR was 28 per cent lower in the 
year at 220 compared to the Health and Safety 
Executive national average of 398.

Link to strategy
Our focus on health and safety helps keep our 
sites operating at the pace we need to grow 
the business.

Definition
The percentage of customers returning an 
NHBC post-completion customer care survey 
who would recommend Countryside to a friend.

Performance
Our focus on improving the customer experience 
during the year resulted in another year of 
improvement in satisfaction, with six of our 
seven businesses now operating at five-star 
builder status.

Overall 88.6 per cent would recommend us 
to their friends.

Link to strategy
As a key indicator of our reputation in the market, 
the NHBC Recommend a Friend score helps 
us to monitor the sustainability of our growth plans.

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

Link to strategic priorities

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Operational review 
Partnerships

18

STRONG PIPELINE UNDERPINS 
FUTURE GROWTH

Our Partnerships model is a resilient, low-risk, low-capital model where we 
look to develop regeneration projects in partnerships with local authorities 
and housing associations. Total completions were up 17 per cent at 
2,192 homes (2016: 1,874 homes).

Significant visibility over production
•  Current land bank of 14,755 plots

•  Further 4,468 plots awarded as preferred bidder

•  Around nine years visibility at current production 

•  Low planning risk

Established platform for growth
•  Selling from 23 open sales outlets at 

30 September 2017

•  Further 23 sites under construction

•  7,030 additional plots secured in 2017

•  West Midlands business delivered profit in first year 

with production of 180 homes

Strong pipeline of future work
•  Further 40,560 plots identified as bid opportunities

•  Historical win rate of 40 per cent

•  Significant market opportunity

19,223

plots in land bank or at 
preferred bidder status

40%

historical win rate for bids 
in which we participate

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201719

This plays to the strengths of our Partnerships 
model where schemes offer a mix of housing 
allowing us to build sites out more quickly without 
saturating the market. During the year, we saw 
further growth in the number of bid opportunities 
for both brownfield and estate regeneration as 
local authorities look to increase housing supply 
and improve the quality of their affordable 
housing stock. Within the PRS market, while 
there is increased appetite from institutional 
investors, there remains a structural undersupply 
of good quality homes for market rent in most 
urban areas.

Our performance
Our Partnerships division continued its 
strong growth trajectory in 2017, with total 
completions up 17 per cent to 2,192 homes 
(2016: 1,874 homes) particularly driven by 
significant growth in private completions, up 
31 per cent to 825 homes (2016: 628 homes). 
Partnerships’ private ASP increased by 12 per cent 
to £343,000 (2016: £307,000), including like-for-like 
growth of seven per cent reflecting house price 
inflation in the London Boroughs and regional 
cities as well as the impact of regeneration 
delivering added value on our developments. 

In total we delivered 1,182 affordable homes 
(2016: 1,131 homes), including 721 PRS homes 
(2016: 738 homes) with the majority through 
our partnership with Sigma Capital in the 
North West and Midlands regions.

Adjusted revenue1 £m

£476.7m
+36%

476.7

349.9

285.1

Adjusted operating profit2,3 £m

£79.4m
+40%

79.4

56.8

39.6

Tangible net asset value4 £m

£116.0m
+10%

116.0

105.6

45.9

Return on capital employed5 %

77.5%
+540bps

17

16

15

17

16

15

17

16

15

17

16

15

Strategy
Our Partnerships division specialises in medium 
to large-scale urban regeneration of public sector 
land delivering much needed quality housing. 
It operates primarily in and around London, the 
West Midlands and the North West of England. 

It delivers a resilient, low-risk, low-capital model 
developing urban regeneration in partnership 
with public sector landowners, such as local 
authorities and housing associations. We have 
a strong track record of delivering more 
than 60 regeneration projects over 30 years. 
Developments are mixed tenure in nature 
delivering private, affordable and PRS homes 
in line with the Group’s placemaking ethos. 

The Southern region focuses on local authority 
estate regeneration, delivering increased density 
in apartment-led schemes in Outer London. The 
Northern and Midlands regions typically focus 
on brownfield land delivering low-rise family 
houses in the North West of England and the 
West Midlands. 

77.5

72.1

69.4

Market
During 2017 there was a political shift in focus 
from home ownership to increasing supply of 
all tenures of housing, including more affordable 
and PRS homes. 

1.  Adjusted revenue includes the Group’s share of revenue from associate and joint ventures of £57.9m (2016: £36.7m; 2015: £16.4m).

2.  Adjusted operating profit includes the Group’s share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures of £10.7m 

(2016: £6.9m; 2015: £3.1m) and excludes non-underlying items of £Nil (2016: £(2.6)m; 2015: £2.7m).

3.  Divisional adjusted operating profit excludes Group items of £6.8m (2016: £2.4m; 2015: £1.2m), comprising share-based payment 
expense net of deferred tax of £5.1m (2016: £1.1m; 2015: £Nil) and brand amortisation of £1.7m (2016: £1.3m; 2015: £1.2m).

4.  TNAV is calculated as TNOAV plus net cash allocated pro rata based on divisional TNOAV.

5.  Adjusted operating profit divided by average TNOAV.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201720

A  G E NU INE LY  MIX ED COM MUN I T Y
B ROO K  VALLEY GAR DENS

•  Partnership with the London Borough of Barnet and L&Q

•  Predominantly two and three-storey terraced houses with private gardens

•  631 high-quality new homes across five development phases

•  Target of 37 per cent affordable homes

•  New community centre, nursery and shared communal gardens

The former Dollis Valley Estate had significant 
historical social challenges, including petty 
crime and anti-social behaviour. As part of our 
partnership with the council a key component 
of the regeneration was to use master planning 
to alleviate these problems and deliver a successful, 
mixed community. 

We started on site in September 2012 and the 
regeneration is already reconnecting the former 
estate. Many of the existing tenants have already 
been rehoused in high-quality affordable homes, 
with a tenure-blind approach to ensure quality 
and equity throughout the development. 

Our approach integrates the housing tenures 
within the development, creating a genuinely 
mixed community. As the regeneration 
progresses we support local activities that 
bring an unprecedented sense of cohesion 
to the area. 

“Regeneration is a complicated process but 
it can be made easier when working with an 
organisation such as Countryside. I have found 
their experience, knowledge and listening skills 
exceptional. They are always available to listen 
to residents’ comments and concerns, and act 
upon them where possible.”

Nigel Eade, Chairman of the Dollis Valley 
Partnership Board

“ REGENERATION IS A COMPLICATED 
PROCESS BUT IT CAN BE MADE 
EASIER WHEN WORKING WITH 
AN ORGANISATION SUCH 
AS COUNTRYSIDE.”

Our performance continued
During the year we delivered homes on a number of key 
regeneration schemes within our Southern region, including 
at Acton, where we delivered 276 homes completing three 
phases and we commenced development on further phases 
including the neighbourhood centre. At St Paul’s Square in 
Bow, where we accelerated development in the prior year, we 
completed 121 homes and at East City Point in Canning Town 
we delivered 132 homes with both schemes due to be 
completed during 2018.

Our North West region also performed well. We continue 
to build predominantly low-rise family housing on medium-scale 
sites around the Liverpool and Manchester conurbations and 
were operational on around 20 sites during 2017. These included 
the delivery of 146 homes in partnership with Knowsley 
Metropolitan Borough Council, 103 homes at Norris Green 
Village in Liverpool and 107 homes at Heyfields near 
Manchester during the year. 

We were delighted with the performance of our 
West Midlands region following its launch in 2016. 
At 30 September 2017, we had three open sales outlets 
in the region with 180 homes completed in the year. 
While it is still early days in the West Midlands, the pipeline 
continues to grow and we remain confident that we can 
replicate the successful model we have in the North West. 

Across Partnerships, we started on site on 30 new developments 
during the year. In addition, we had another very successful 
year in winning new business, underpinning our longer-term 

growth plans. In addition to those sites already in the land bank, 
including those with preferred bidder status, we secured 7,030 
new plots in the period including at Bilston Urban Village, 
Wolverhampton, Maidenhead, Barking and Bromley. We 
now have 19,223 Partnerships plots under our control 
(2016: 14,504 plots). These projects were awarded to 
Countryside as a result of our proven track record in delivering 
complex, multi-phase schemes alongside design excellence. 
Overall, we have visibility over approximately nine years’ supply 
at current volumes. We had 23 open sales outlets as at 
30 September 2017 (2016: 18) with a further 23 (2016: 20) 
sites under construction. 

Outlook
As announced at the half-year results in May 2017, our 
sustained momentum, in particular regarding both the bid 
win rate and operational delivery, has delivered a growth 
trajectory ahead of the original targets we set at IPO while 
continuing to win new business. We have accelerated a number 
of Partnerships developments and our focus in 2018 is on 
new site starts with growth in all tenures, including PRS 
homes. During 2018, we are planning 42 new site starts 
within Partnerships, 11 of which are large regeneration 
schemes around London. At 30 September 2017, we were 
either bidding on or had identified as bid opportunities a 
further 40,560 plots, up approximately 20 per cent on the 
prior year. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017All text and images to be supplied Operational review 
Partnerships continued

21

Land bank plus preferred bidder

Development 
agreements
13,487 plots

Preferred bidder 
4,468 plots

Owned land
1,268 plots

19,223
18,985

Total plots
Total plots

Future opportunities

Future bids
24,293 plots

Bids in progress 
16,267 plots

40,560

Total plots

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Operational review 
Housebuilding

22

UNLOCKING OUR STRATEGIC 
LED LAND BANK

Our Housebuilding division is well positioned with its industry-leading 
strategic land bank and expertise in placemaking. 2017 was a step change in 
scale for the business with completions up 53 per cent to 1,197 homes. 

19,826 

plots in our 
Housebuilding land bank

83%

of the land bank  
is strategically sourced

Significant land bank in place
•  19,826 plots owned or controlled in 

South East England

•  Greater scale driving improved operating margins

•  83 per cent of the land bank has been 

strategically sourced

Established platform for growth
•  Selling from 24 sales outlets at 30 September 2017

•  Further 18 sites under construction

•  2,896 additional plots secured in 2017

Regional infrastructure in place for growth
•  Improved efficiency from operational scale

•   Highly experienced management team

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201723

Adjusted revenue1 £m

£552.1m
+29%

552.1

427.1

330.7

Adjusted operating profit2,3 £m

£91.5m
+34%

91.5

68.1

51.6

Tangible net asset value4 £m

£511.0m
+18%

511.0

431.8

283.1

Return on capital employed5 %

21.0%
+300bps

21.0

18.0

16.6

17

16

15

17

16

15

17

16

15

17

16

15

Strategy
Our Housebuilding division develops medium 
to large-scale sites, providing private and affordable 
housing on land owned or controlled by the 
Group. Operations are focused on Outer 
London and the Home Counties. 

Within our Housebuilding division we look 
to maintain our industry-leading strategic land 
bank with over 80 per cent of our land strategically 
sourced at 30 September 2017. In total, we had 
19,826 plots within our Housebuilding land bank 
(2016: 19,322), of which only 27 per cent was 
owned outright with the rest controlled by 
either option agreements or conditional contracts. 
This provides flexibility, creates value through 
embedded discounts to open market value and 
enhances the efficiency of the balance sheet, 
while still giving us strong visibility of future work. 

Market
2017 was another positive year for the 
housebuilding sector with strong customer 
demand underpinned by the continuing 
structural shortage in housing. The greatest 
demand continues to be from first time buyers 
and supported by Help to Buy. We continue to 
focus on making sure that our homes remain 
affordable for local owner-occupiers, who make 
up the vast majority of our private sales. The 
second hand market continues to be more difficult 
resulting in slower sales rates for product above 
£600,000 and in particular above £1m.

The Government focus on the National Planning 
Policy Framework continues to simplify the 
planning environment with initiatives such as 
a dispute resolution mechanism for Section 
106 agreements. This has facilitated an increase 
in outline planning consents, although clearing 
pre-start conditions remains challenging. 

Our performance
Our Housebuilding division experienced a 
step change in its scale during 2017 and is 
well on its way to achieving increased efficiency 
from greater scale. Total completions were up 
53 per cent to 1,197 homes compared with 
783 homes in 2016. As with the performance 
in the Partnerships division, we saw strong growth 
in delivery of private homes, up 68 per cent in 
the period, to 837 homes (2016: 499 homes). 

In line with our plans to ensure our homes 
remain affordable, the Housebuilding private 
ASP decreased by 23 per cent to £515,000 
in the period, as we reduced our exposure to 
higher end product, focusing on the areas 
where we see the strongest demand but also 
reflecting some slowing in reservation rates at 
the higher end. Underlying sales values remained 
robust with house price inflation of four per cent 
offsetting build cost inflation during the period. 

1.  Adjusted revenue includes the Group’s share of revenue from associate and joint ventures of £125.1m (2016: £69.0m; 2015: £51.9m).

2.  Adjusted operating profit includes the Group’s share of the operating profit from associate and joint ventures of £22.9m 

(2016: £18.3m; 2015: £13.6m).

3.  Divisional adjusted operating profit excludes Group items of £6.8m (2016: £2.4m; 2015: £1.2m), comprising share-based payment 

expense net of deferred tax of £5.1m average (2016: £1.1m; 2015: £Nil) and brand amortisation of £1.7m (2016: £1.3m; 2015: £1.2m).

4.  TNAV is calculated as TNOAV plus net cash allocated pro rata based on divisional TNOAV.

5.  Adjusted operating profit divided by average TNOAV.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Operational review 
Housebuilding continued

24

Our Performance continued
In certain locations where it is taking slightly longer to 
reposition higher product price points, we have seen a 
slowing in net reservation rates albeit sales values were 
broadly in line with our expectations. Demand for high-quality 
locations and premium product has continued to be met by 
our Millgate brand. 

The previously highlighted operational issues at Mill Hill 
continued to be a drag on the Housebuilding division with 
67 homes completed in the year. The development should 
be fully built by the end of the calendar year with 18 homes 
left to complete. 

We have seen strong demand at Greenwich Millennium 
Village, where we completed 122 homes; Springhead Park, 
Ebbsfleet, where we completed 110 homes; and Beaulieu, 
Chelmsford, where we completed 155 homes across four 
phases in the period. 

We made good progress on delivery at our legacy sites at 
King’s Park, Harold Wood and Horsted Park, Chatham, in 
the period delivering 217 units in total. On our current 
plans, both of these sites should be completed during 2019. 

In line with our strategy, we have maintained the land bank 
in our Housebuilding division, acquiring 2,896 plots on 16 sites 
during the year. We completed four land sales during the 
period including a commercial sale at Cambridge Medipark, a 
parcel of land at the site in Bicester where we are an associate 
partner and two residential sales at Bury St Edmunds and 
Silsden, which we chose not to develop. The Housebuilding 
land bank now stands at 19,826 plots (2016: 19,322 plots), 
of which 83 per cent has been sourced strategically. 

Land bank source

Market value  
2,998 plots

Legacy
288 plots

19,826

Total plots

Strategically 
sourced
16,540 plots

Future opportunities

Controlled option
12,001 plots

Owned land
5,443 plots

Controlled
contract
2,382 plots

19,826

Total plots

Outlook 
We started on 21 new Housebuilding sites during 
the period. The increase in sales reservations and 
completions led to several sales outlets closing 
earlier than anticipated and we had 24 open sales 
outlets at 30 September 2017, compared to 25 
one year ago. However, we have a further 18 sites 
under construction to ensure we increase the number 
of selling outlets in 2018. This gives us great visibility 
over delivery for 2018, which is set to be another 
year of strong growth in our Housebuilding division 
as we get closer to optimum scale. All of our planned 
delivery for the next three years is identified and the 
majority, over 75 per cent, already has some form 
of planning. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017A  GR E AT SENSE O F C OM MUN I T Y
ST LUKE ’ S PARK 

25

•  Collection of 575 homes comprising apartments and traditional houses

•  Set within 200 acres of landscaped grounds

•  New primary school

•  Includes a selection of one to three-bedroom homes on the low-cost home ownership scheme

St Luke’s Park is situated on the site of the 
former Runwell Hospital in Essex. It has plans 
for over 200 acres of landscaped grounds and 
is surrounded by mature trees and woodland. 

Although many developments integrate into an 
existing neighbourhood, the vision for St Luke’s 
Park was to create a new community within 
a village setting. Tucked away on its own 
purpose-built road and with no other residential 
schemes close by, St Luke’s Park is more than 
just a collection of new homes. As well as the 
central village green, there are plans for the 
Grade II-listed chapel to be refurbished along 

with a new primary school. We started on the 
first of five phases in May 2015 with construction 
due to be completed in 2022. 

“There’s a real sense of community and all of 
our neighbours are lovely, so it’s been fantastic 
for the kids. Theo and Toby have made so 
many friends. They are always desperate to get 
home from school or wherever we have been 
to play out with their friends. I feel it’s a really 
safe environment for them to play out; everyone 
keeps an eye on each other.”

Vikki and Ben Wakerly, purchasers 
at St Luke’s Park, Runwell

“ THERE’S A REAL SENSE OF COMMUNITY 
AND ALL OF OUR NEIGHBOURS ARE 
LOVELY, SO IT’S BEEN FANTASTIC 
FOR THE KIDS.”

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017All text and images to be supplied 26

Group Chief Financial Officer’s review

ANOTHER YEAR OF  
STRONG PERFORMANCE

We have delivered another strong set of results, with both 
divisions performing well and we are on track to deliver our 
growth objectives.

Group performance
2017 was a year of substantial growth for the 
Group, with total completions up 28 per cent 
to 3,389 homes (2016: 2,657 homes). 
We continued to manage down private ASP 
to moderate our exposure to higher price 
points which resulted in an eight per cent 
reduction in ASP to £430,000 (2016: £465,000). 
Affordable ASP increased by 13 per cent to 
£135,000 (2016: £120,000), driven by the 
increasing use of shared ownership and 
low-cost housing by Registered Providers. As a 
result, the Group delivered adjusted revenue 
of £1,028.8m (2016: £777.0m), up 32 per cent 
from last year as the Group passed the £1bn 
sales mark for the first time. 

Statutory revenue increased by 26 per cent to 
£845.8m (2016: £671.3m). The difference between 
the adjusted and reported measures reflects 
the proportionate consolidation of the Group’s 
associate and joint ventures.

A combination of factors, including the geographical 
mix of the business, management of our pricing 
exposure and legacy issues at a Housebuilding 
site in Mill Hill, London, meant that our 
operating margin progress was modest during 
the year. We made good progress with controlling 
overheads as a result of a number of initiatives 
including a small restructuring of Head Office 
functions in the first half which resulted in 
overheads falling further as a percentage of 
sales to 5.0 per cent (2016: 5.9 per cent). 
Overall, adjusted operating margin increased 
by 20bps to 16.0 per cent (2016: 15.8 per cent) 
which contributed to a 34 per cent increase in 
adjusted operating profit to £164.1m 
(2016: £122.5m). 

Reported operating profit was up 48 per cent 
to £128.9m (2016: £87.3m) with the difference 
to adjusted operating profit being the proportionate 
consolidation of the Group’s associate and joint 
ventures and a non-underlying item relating to 
the restructuring costs referred to above. Further 
details of the difference can be found in Note 6 
to the financial statements. 

Our net reservation rate per open sales outlet 
increased to 0.84 (2016: 0.78) which reflected 
continued strong demand for our homes, with 
an increase in open sales outlets to 47 (2016: 43) 
helping to drive the increase in revenue. We 
saw a moderation in sales rate immediately 
following the General Election in June, but 
this reversed before year end with a normal 
summer trading pattern in 2017 compared to 
the very strong performance in August 2016. 
A further 41 sites were under construction but 
not yet open for sale, sustaining the production 
growth underpinning our medium-term targets.

This growth in sales outlets, when combined 
with our continued strong sales rate, has not only 
increased completions but delivered a record 
year-end private forward order book up eight 
per cent to £242.4m (2016: £225.4m).

We continued to see price growth during the 
year, particularly at the lower price points, and 
house price inflation for the full year was similar 
to the prior year at around five per cent. During 
the year, we saw cost price inflation moderate 
in London and the South East, driven by some 
weakness in the London construction market. 
Cost price inflation in the North West was 
higher, although broadly consistent with the 
prior year. Given the Group’s forward purchasing 
for the 2018 financial year, there is limited 
near-term risk to margin from these trends.

Overall, Group adjusted gross margin (including 
the Group’s share of associate and joint venture 
gross profit) was 21.2 per cent, slightly behind 
last year’s margin of 21.9 per cent, as a result 
of the impact of the changing mix of the business 
towards the North West and a conscious 
management of our pricing in the South East. 
We also experienced some modest reductions 
in selling price at premium price points in excess 
of £1m across the business. Our legacy issues 
at a Housebuilding site in Mill Hill, London, also 
impacted gross margin in that division and we 
expect to conclude this development in the 
2018 financial year.

Within this, profit from land sales contributed 
£8.9m (2016: £10.6m) as we tactically sold parcels 
of land where we no longer expect to build, 
and £5.6m (2016: £5.9m) from commercial 
sales, again principally at the Medipark site in 
Cambridge, where we sell serviced parcels of 
land for commercial use.

We ended the year with net cash of £77.4m 
(2016: £12.0m), slightly higher than planned due 
to the delayed start of two developments in 
our Partnerships division which will begin early 
in the new financial year. As a result of the lower 
interest cost of our new facility and lower average 
debt levels during the year, the Group’s bank 
interest cost fell to £3.0m (2016: £5.2m). 
Despite a change to the discount rate applied 
to our land creditors and overage liabilities 
discussed in further detail below, reported net 
finance costs decreased to £16.9m (2016: £28.2m).

Partnerships
We began to see the results of our increased 
investments since IPO in our Partnerships division 
during 2017 with total completions up 17 per cent 
to 2,192 homes (2016: 1,874 homes). With private 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201727

ASP increasing 12 per cent to £343,000 
(2016: £307,000) and affordable ASP up 
nine per cent to £121,000 (2016: £111,000), 
adjusted revenue increased 36 per cent to 
£476.7m (2016: £349.9m).

Private completions of 825 homes were up 
31 per cent on the prior year (2016: 628 homes) 
as key developments at St Paul’s Square, Bow 
and East City Point, Canning Town, delivered a 
full year of production. We were also able to 
begin the acceleration of our Acton, London, 
development using the proceeds raised at IPO 
in February 2016 and made good progress in 
our first year of delivery from our new West 
Midlands region based in Wolverhampton. 
We were actively selling on 23 outlets at 
30 September 2017 (2016: 18).

Affordable completions were up 10 per cent at 
1,367 homes (2016: 1,246 homes). These affordable 
completions included the delivery of PRS housing, 
principally from our ongoing partnership with 
Sigma Capital in the North West and West 
Midlands, of 721 homes (2016: 738).

The adjusted gross margin for the Partnerships 
division was 20.6 per cent, slightly behind the 
21.3 per cent delivered last year due to the 
increased proportion of sales from the North West 
and West Midlands regions compared to last 
year. As we benefited from the scaling up of 
our business, adjusted operating margin increased 
to 16.7 per cent (2016: 16.2 per cent). As a result 
of the increased volume and improved operating 
margin, adjusted operating profit of £79.4m was 
up 40 per cent (2016: £56.8m). 

On a reported basis, Partnerships revenue 
increased to £418.8m, up 34 per cent 
(2016: £313.2m) as a result of the growth in 
sales outlets delivering a greater number of 
completions along with an increase in ASP. 
Reported Partnerships operating profit 
increased to £68.7m (2016: £52.4m).

We had another very successful year in winning 
new business in the Partnerships division, 
underpinning our longer-term growth plans. 
In addition to those sites already in the land 
bank, including those with preferred bidder 
status, we secured 7,030 new plots in the 
period. We now have 19,223 Partnerships 
plots under our control (2016: 14,504 plots). 
This represents approximately nine years’ 
supply at current volumes and provides 
significant visibility.

Housebuilding
The increased production which started in 2016, 
together with strong customer demand at the 
sub £600,000 level, allowed us to significantly 
increase completions, up 53 per cent to 
1,197 homes (2016: 783 homes). Total 
adjusted revenue from Housebuilding was 
up 29 per cent to £552.1m (2016: £427.1m).

Private completions increased by 68 per cent 
to 837 homes (2016: 499 homes). With the high 
rate of sales, we sold out on a number of sites 
during the year, resulting in open sales outlets 
at the year end down one at 24 (2016: 25). 
With an additional 18 active sites in production, 
we anticipate a material increase in open selling 
outlets by the end of the 2018 financial year. 
Private ASP of £515,000 was 23 per cent lower 
than last year (2016: £665,000). This reduction 
was driven in part by our decision to manage 
price points down to focus on the market below 
£600,000 where demand remains strongest 
but also some reductions in sales rates at 
premium price points over £1m. Despite 
these pressures at the upper end of the 
market, volumes have remained in line with 
our expectations and ahead of 2016.

Affordable revenue increased by 47 per cent 
to £65.7m (2016: £44.6m) with completions 
up 27 per cent to 360 (2016: 284) at an ASP 
of £183,000 (2016: £157,000), up 17 per cent.

Housebuilding adjusted gross margin was 
21.6 per cent (2016: 22.4 per cent), a reduction 
of 80bps driven by delayed completions at our 
joint venture with Annington Developments 
Limited at Mill Hill in North London, together 
with some pressure at higher price points. 

Operating costs reduced as a percentage of 
turnover as our operating regions reached scale 
and we saw the benefit of operational gearing, 
which together resulted in a 70bps increase in 
adjusted operating margin to 16.6 per cent 
(2016: 15.9 per cent). Overall, the Housebuilding 
adjusted operating profit increased by 34 per cent 
to £91.5m (2016: £68.1m).

On a reported basis, Housebuilding revenue 
increased by 19 per cent to £427.0m 
(2016: £358.1m) with growth coming from 
the increased average number of open sales 
outlets and house price growth. Reported 
Housebuilding operating profit increased 
to £68.6m (2016: £49.8m).

In line with our strategy, we have maintained 
the land bank in our Housebuilding division and 
have acquired 2,896 plots on 16 sites during 
the period. The Housebuilding land bank now 
stands at 19,826 plots (2016: 19,322 plots), of 
which 83 per cent has been strategically sourced.

Non-underlying items
In the first half of the year, certain Group 
operations were restructured, principally the 
outsourcing of architecture and design services. 
As a result of this, a number of people left the 
Group at a cost of £1.6m. 

From 1 April 2017, the discount rate applied 
to committed land payments recognised as 
land creditors or overage was reduced from 
6.0 per cent to 3.4 per cent. This change was 
made to better align the discount rate with 
the Group’s cost of debt. The impact of this 
change was £7.6m.

+34%

increase in adjusted 
operating profit

+370bps

improvement in ROCE

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Group Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

28

Non-underlying items continued
In the prior year, a number of items totalling £13.1m were reported as 
non-underlying, relating to the Group’s listing on the London Stock Exchange 
including legacy share incentive costs, the refinancing of the Group and 
the reversal of an historical receivable impairment. 

A total tax credit of £1.7m (2016: £1.0m) in relation to all of the above 
non-underlying items was included within taxation in the income statement.

Non-underlying items

Year ended 30 September

Recorded within operating profit:

Head office restructuring

Advisory fees

Reversal of receivable impairment

Share-based payments in respect of the 
pre-listing management incentive plan

Sub-total

Recorded within finance costs:

Impact of change in land creditor and 
overage discount rate

Impairment of capitalised arrangement fees

Total non-underlying items

2017 
£m

1.6

—

—

—

1.6

7.6

—

9.2

2016 
£m

—

10.6

(2.6)

1.9

9.9

—

3.2

13.1

Net finance costs
Reported net finance costs were £16.9m (2016: £28.2m), of which net 
cash costs were £2.8m (2016: £7.2m). Interest on the Group’s bank loans 
and overdrafts reduced from £5.2m to £3.0m as a result of lower interest 
rates and average borrowing levels during 2017. As discussed above the 
impact of a change in discount rate applied to deferred land and overage 
payments was £7.6m. Excluding the impact of this change underlying net 
finance costs fell to £9.3m (£25.0m). In the prior year, £16.5m of interest 
was incurred on mandatory redeemable preference shares which were 
redeemed in February 2016.

Net finance costs

Year ended 30 September

Recorded within operating profit:

Bank loans and overdrafts 

Interest on mandatory redeemable 
preference shares

Unwind of discount

Amortisation of debt finance costs

Impairment of interest receivable from 
joint ventures

Finance income

Underlying net finance costs

Impact of change in land creditor and 
overage discount rate

Impairment of capitalised arrangement fees

Net finance costs

3.0

—

5.1

0.6

2.0

(1.4)

9.3

7.6

—

16.9

5.2

16.5

4.8

0.8

—

(2.3)

25.0

—

3.2

28.2

Countryside expects net finance costs in 2018 to be lower than 2017, 
as no further change is anticipated to the discount rate applied to land 
creditors and overage.

Taxation
The Group published its tax strategy for the first time in 2017, as part of 
its approach to maintaining an open and transparent relationship with tax 
stakeholders including HMRC. The Group continues to hold a low-risk 
tax rating. The strategy confirms the Group’s view that it seeks to comply 
fully with its statutory and other regulatory obligations and to act in a 
way which upholds its reputation as a responsible corporate citizen, 
including full and transparent disclosure to tax authorities. 

In line with Countryside’s broader corporate strategy, the key goals 
directing our tax strategy are: 

•  adherence to applicable laws and regulations; 

•  maximisation of shareholder value on a sustainable basis; and 

•  protection of our reputation and brand. 

We believe that our obligation is to pay the amount of tax legally due 
at the right time in accordance with rules set by the relevant authorities. 
We also have a responsibility to shareholders to ensure that strategic 
business objectives are met without incurring unnecessary tax costs.

The income tax charge was £24.1m (2016: £17.3m), with an adjusted tax 
rate of 18.5 per cent (2016: 21.8 per cent) and, on a reported basis, an 
effective tax rate of 17.0 per cent (2016: 22.0 per cent). 

The adjusted rate has reduced due to a reduction in disallowable 
expenditure during the year, due to the IPO transaction costs and the 
redemption of mandatory redeemable preference shares in the prior 
year. The adjusted tax rate reconciles to the reported rate as follows:

Adjusted tax rate

Year ended 30 September 2017

Adjusted profit before tax, and 
tax thereon

Adjustments, and tax thereon, for:

Impact of change in land creditor and 
overage discount rate

Profit 
£m

Tax 
£m

Rate 
%

154.2

28.5

18.5

(8.3)

(1.6)

(2.6)

(1.5)

(0.3)

(2.6)

24.1

17.0

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

Restructuring costs

Taxation on associate and joint ventures 
included in profit before tax

Profit before tax and tax thereon

141.7

In 2018, Countryside expects the adjusted tax rate to continue to be 
slightly lower than the UK statutory corporation tax rate due to claims 
for enhanced tax relief in relation to land remediation costs.

Earnings per share (“EPS”)
Adjusted basic earnings per share increased by 71 per cent to 27.8 pence 
(2016: 16.3 pence) reflecting the increase in adjusted operating profit 
during the year, together with a decrease in adjusted net finance costs 
and a lower adjusted effective tax rate. 

The weighted average number of shares in issue was 450m (2016: 450m).

Basic earnings per share was 26.0 pence (2016: 13.6 pence). Basic earnings 
per share is lower than adjusted basic earnings per share due to the 
effect of non-underlying items that are excluded from adjusted results.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Dividend
The Board has recommended a final dividend of 5.0 pence per share 
(2016: 3.4 pence per share), representing a pay-out of 30 per cent of 
adjusted profit after tax. This brings the total dividend for 2017 to 8.4 pence 
per share (2016: 3.4 pence per share). This will be paid on 9 February 2018 
to shareholders on the Register of Members at the close of business on 
22 December 2017 subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM. 

The proposed final dividend was recommended by the Board on 
21 November 2017 and, as such, has not been included as a liability 
as at 30 September 2017.

In 2018, Countryside intends that the dividend will continue to represent 
30 per cent of adjusted profit after tax.

Statement of financial position
As at 30 September 2017, TNAV was £627.0m (2016: £537.4m), an 
increase of £89.6m, which was mainly attributable to retained earnings 
after the payment of the Group’s dividends during the year. As we continued 
to grow the business, inventory grew by £83.5m to £667.1m (2016: £583.6m) 
as we were active on 88 sites at 30 September 2017 (2016: 72 sites). 
Investments in associate and joint ventures were maintained at £61.4m 
(2016: £59.1m) as Oaklands Hamlet in Chigwell, Essex, reached maturity 
as an open selling outlet.

Improving returns
During the year, a significant focus on working capital efficiency and cash 
generation saw asset turn (defined as adjusted revenue divided by average 
TNAV excluding net cash or debt) increase to 1.9 times (2016: 1.7 times). 
This, together with the adjusted operating margin improvements, helped 
our return on capital employed increase by 370bps to 30.5 per cent 
(2016: 26.8 per cent). This is 250bps ahead of our medium-term ROCE 
target and is in part driven by the high level of cash on the balance sheet 
at 30 September which was the result of two delayed starts on site in our 
Partnerships division which will take place in the first half of the 2018 
financial year.

Return on capital employed

Year ended 30 September

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Average capital employed (£m)1

Return on capital employed (%)

52-week ROCE movement to 
30 September 2017

2016

122.5

457.0

26.8

2017

164.1

537.5

30.5

370bps

1.   Capital employed is defined as tangible net operating asset value, or TNAV excluding net cash.

Financing
On 3 May 2017, the Group signed a one-year extension to its £300m 
revolving credit facility agreement. The agreement has a variable interest 
rate based on LIBOR and now expires in May 2022, although the Group 
has the opportunity to extend the term of the facility by a further year 
on the next anniversary. A number of other changes to the facility in 
May 2017 have given the Group greater flexibility, particularly in driving 
the scale of the Partnerships division.

29

Cash flow

Summary cash flow statement

Year ended 30 September

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Interest and tax paid

Dividends paid

Decrease/(increase) in loans to associate and 
joint ventures

Dividends received from joint ventures

Net proceeds from the issue of shares

Repayment of borrowings

Other net cash (outflows)/inflows

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and 
cash equivalents

2017
£m

78.2

(26.0)

(30.6)

16.2

28.8

—

—

(1.2)

2016
£m

(14.8)

(20.0)

—

(31.0)

13.6

125.4

(140.0)

(2.0)

65.4

(68.8)

As we have continued to grow the Group, our net investment in working 
capital increased by £56m (2016: £107m). Our year-end net cash position 
improved by £65m after making this investment, as we increased the 
profitability of our business. 

Impact of the new revenue accounting standard
During the second half, the Group has undertaken a detailed exercise 
to determine whether the new revenue accounting standard, IFRS 15 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ will have a material impact on 
the Group’s results. The new standard is effective for the Group for the 
2019 financial year commencing on 1 October 2018. This exercise is 
substantially complete and we have not yet identified any areas of our 
business where we will see material changes to the way in which we 
currently recognise revenue. 

We are working with advisors and others in the industry to determine 
the appropriate treatment for the recognition of revenue on land sales 
to Registered Providers of social housing and await further guidance on 
this matter from the International Financial Reporting Interpretations 
Committee at their meeting in November 2017. We expect to reach a 
conclusion on this in the first half of the 2018 financial year. 

Rebecca Worthington
Group Chief Financial Officer
21 November 2017

+71%

increase in adjusted EPS

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Our people

30

OUR PEOPLE MAKE THE 
DIFFERENCE EVERY DAY

We are a growing business. Our people play a pivotal role in that 
growth; without them we would not be able to build sustainable 
communities where people want to live.

Our approach to future talent 
continues to be a priority
Our two-year graduate programme was highly 
commended by graduate recruitment website 
The Job Crowd. The programme is proving 
very successful, and we continue to attract 
large numbers of high-calibre graduate candidates.

We have recently recruited a further 12 graduates, 
and in addition now have nearly 30 apprentices, 
both on site and in our offices. We have added 
internships to our Early Careers offering, and 
we aim to extend this further in the year ahead.

Our people are our shareholders
In December 2016, we launched our second 
all-employee Save as you Earn (“SAYE”) plan. 
This plan, together with our first launched just 
after IPO, means that 70 per cent of our eligible 
employees have signed up to buy shares 
in Countryside.

December 2016 also saw the second grant of 
our Long Term Incentive Plan to our Director 
group as a retention tool for this key population. 
We believe we continue to offer a highly 
market-competitive reward package.

People remain a 
key differentiator
Countryside continues to attract and retain the 
best people in the housebuilding sector to deliver 
our strategy. We believe that our people truly 
differentiate us from our competition. In the 
last three years, we have more than doubled 
our employee numbers and now have just over 
1,200 people working for us. Our aim is to 
“grow our own” as much as we can, together 
with a healthy balance of new recruits. 

We saw record investment in 
developing our people
We have maintained and developed our 
Group-wide approach to succession and talent 
management as part of our “grow our own” 
people strategy. We have commenced 
implementation of a coaching programme for 
our senior population, using a combination of 
internal and external coaches, tailored to the 
individual’s needs. Our focus on quality of training 
delivery remains, particularly around induction 
and externally accredited leadership programmes.

We are committed to developing our people 
at all levels of the organisation through leadership, 
professional and vocational qualifications and 
e-learning. Building a pipeline of talent is critical 
to our success.

Our people are highly engaged

In 2017 we ran the Group’s second all-employee survey, and once 
again over 80 per cent of our people responded. We were very 
pleased that we achieved a high overall engagement score of 
79 per cent. From this, we believe that our people feel valued, 
well led and excited about the future. 

The key action areas remain fairly consistent to those agreed in 
2016. Whilst improvements have been made during the year, 
the two main areas of focus for the Group are:

2017 employee survey results
•  82% trust the senior leadership of Countryside

•  89% believe that Countryside has an outstanding future

•  75% are satisfied with the benefits they receive at Countryside

•  87% are proud to work for Countryside

•  71% believe Countryside values their contribution

•  81% would recommend Countryside as a great place to work

•  continuing to encourage a more flexible approach to working 

hours across the business; and

•  95% feel their safety is valued

•  promoting inter-departmental teamwork.

In addition, specific regional action plans will be developed.

Our employee engagement is 15 per cent 
higher than the UK average

Source: IBM Kenexa UK overall average

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201731

7/10

of eligible employees participated 
in our SAYE plan

For those of our employees who qualify for a 
car or cash allowance, we offer a sector-leading 
fleet proposition. This focuses on offering our 
employees choice based on their lifestyle, while 
remaining environmentally conscious by capping 
our CO2 emissions.

Health and safety
Countryside conducts its business with due 
regard for the health, safety and welfare of its 
employees, contractors, clients, visitors and 
members of the public. We develop a positive 
culture towards health and safety throughout 
our operations and as a minimum we observe 
all the requirements of the Health and Safety 
at Work etc. Act 1974 at all times. 

Countryside operates a comprehensive health 
and safety management system (fully registered 
to OHSAS 18001) and we are committed to 
continual improvement through a comprehensive 
training programme and by actively encouraging 
feedback from all levels of our workforce. 
Regular on-site inspections are carried out 
internally by the Group’s qualified health and 
safety professionals. The day-to-day management 
of these activities is overseen by the Group’s 
Head of Health and Safety. 

The company’s Accident Incident Rate (AIR) 
continues to be below the National Incident 
Rate (NIR) benchmark. During the reporting 
period the company’s AIR averaged at 220 
(2016: 305) reportable incidents per 100,000 
persons at risk, compared with the NIR of 398 
(2016: 421). For the fourteenth consecutive year 
our AIR has been below the national benchmark. 
We intend to maintain this performance.

The Company Secretary is the Executive 
Committee member responsible for health 
and safety throughout the Group.

Gender diversity
At Countryside, we are committed to 
increasing diversity by providing an inclusive 
working environment where everyone feels 
valued and respected.

Board of Directors 

3

Senior management 

30

Total workforce 

400

Female

Male

Total 7

4

Total 200

170

Total 1,205

805

We want our people to choose 
the right benefits for them and 
their families
Our approach to reward is centred on choice. 
These benefits range from buying and/or selling 
days of annual leave, through to reduced fees 
on life, dental and travel insurance, to discounted 
medical and cancer screening. During our 2017 
flexible benefits annual enrolment window, 
70 per cent of employees logged in to the benefits 
site and over 50 per cent of employees selected 
a new benefit or amended an existing one.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201732

Sustainability report

CREATING PLACES 
PEOPLE LOVE

We are passionate about building Places People Love which 
enhance the communities in which we operate, whilst ensuring 
that our operations are carried out in an environmentally 
responsible, ethical, safe and sustainable manner.

From the design and character of the homes 
we build, to the planning of public spaces 
and infrastructure, our creative approach 
to placemaking and engagement with the local 
community and our customers ensures we 
have a positive impact on all those who live 
in and around our developments. We provide 
a collaborative culture for our workforce and 
supply chain to ensure they support our 
sustainability strategy and assist in our 
continual improvement as a business.

Our strategy
Our sustainability strategy focuses on the five areas 
material to our business:

Performance
We continue to set strategic sustainability 
objectives based on our material issues. We 
also have in place targeted divisional, site and 
personal objectives to support these aims. In 
addition we made £3.3m of sustainability-related 
savings during the year. Details of our objectives 
can be found in the Group Sustainability Report 2017 
at www.countryside-properties.com/about-us/
who-we-are/sustainability.

£3.3m

in sustainability-related 
savings during the year

GOVERNANCE

ETHICAL AND 
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

CUSTOMERS 
AND COMMUNITY

ENVIRONMENT

SUPPLY CHAIN

We have policies in place to support this 
strategy that are applied throughout the 
business and communicated to our supply 
chain to ensure all stakeholders assist us in 
delivering our overall corporate strategy as 
outlined on pages 12 and 13. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201733

GOVERNANCE

Overall governance of sustainability issues, risks and opportunities resides with the Board, which is 
assisted at different levels of the business by dedicated Committees.

The Board

Executive Committee

Risk Management 
Committee

Health, Safety, 
Quality and 
Environment 
Committee

Regional Board 
meetings

Cost benefits of being a 
sustainable business
The Group achieved sustainability-related cost 
savings of £3.3m during the year (2016: £2.9m). 
A substantial amount of this saving was due 
to reducing the amount of waste produced by 
our developments. As the Group maintained 
its strong growth trajectory, we maintained our 
focus on sustainability, embedding improvement 
programmes across the Group.

Awareness and communication 
of sustainability issues
We provide information and guidance about our 
policies, processes, procedures and responsibilities 
to our staff and contractors through a variety 
of channels including monthly staff presentations, 
new starter inductions, training courses and 
toolbox talks and via our intranet. 

This is our 17th year of sustainability reporting 
– the longest track record in our sector. Since 
we began reporting in 2000 we have received 
357 awards for our sustainability practices 
which highlights our commitment to 
sustainable development. 

Risk management and standards
Overall responsibility for risk is managed by 
the Board assisted by the Risk Management 
Committee. Oversight of more detailed 
aspects is managed through the Health, Safety, 
Quality and Environment Committee. 
In addition, an Environmental Aspects, Impacts 
and Legislation Register is maintained at Group 
level and is used by the divisions to inform and 
manage environmental risks and opportunities.

For further details on the Group’s risk 
management process see pages 36 to 39.

In accordance with our approach to continuous 
improvement and managing risk, the Group is 
fully accredited to the ISO 9001:2015 (Quality), 
ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental) and BS OHSAS 
18001:2007 (Health and Safety) standards. 
Each of these standards is certified by a UK 
accreditation Service-accredited certification 
body. In 2017, we achieved certification to the 
revised ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 9001:2015 
standards: we were one of the first property 
developers to do so.

Legal compliance
We are pleased to report that we continue 
to uphold our good record in environmental 
compliance, with zero prosecutions or fines 
for over 12 years. During the year, we had 
two non-conformances raised against health 
and safety regulations. We fully complied with 
investigations into these matters by the relevant 
enforcing authorities and resolved both issues 
to their satisfaction.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Sustainability report continued

34

ETHICAL AND 
RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS

Ethical business
Our policies and procedures are designed to 
ensure we comply with UK law and best practice 
guidelines, including areas such as business 
conduct, equal opportunities, anti-corruption, 
whistleblowing and countering modern slavery 
and human trafficking. Our contracts explicitly 
oblige suppliers to meet all current 
employment legislation.

Health and safety
The Group recognises the value and importance 
of promoting high standards in all health, safety 
and welfare matters for the benefit of everyone 
who may be affected by our operations.

For the 14th consecutive year, our Accident 
Incident Rate (“AIR”) is below the industry average 
and the Health and Safety Executive’s National 
Incident Rate (“NIR”) benchmark, a record of 
which we are proud. During the year, our AIR 
averaged 220 (2016: 305) compared with the 
NIR of 398 (2016: 421). We continue to remain 
focused on making our sites a safe environment 
for our employees and contractors.

During the year, we undertook a series of events 
and audits to focus on the health and wellbeing 
of our employees and contractors based on site. 
Seminars were also held in our office locations 
highlighting health issues including dementia and 
prostate cancer.

Our people
Our people are our most valuable resource and 
without them we would be unable to build 
sustainable communities where people want 
to live.

For more information on how we engage and 
develop our staff see pages 30 and 31.

Office Activities
For the reporting period, we cut our office based 
CO2 emissions by 13.7 per cent per employee.

CUSTOMERS 
AND COMMUNITY

Community
We recognise that whilst we aim to have a positive 
effect on the communities in which we operate, 
existing and future residents may have concerns 
about perceived negative impacts of our construction 
and the future life of our developments.

We appreciate that the local community has 
a right to enjoy their homes and working 
environment without nuisance caused by our 
works and our sites have stringent procedures 
in place to reduce noise, dust and nuisance 
which may be caused by additional vehicular 
traffic both during the construction period 
and after construction.

The majority of our sites are registered for the 
Considerate Constructors Scheme and in 2017 
our average score across the Group improved 
to 36.3 out of 50 (2016: 34.4), which is above 
the national average of 35.9/50 (to August 2017).

Customers
Moving into a new home in a new community should be an enjoyable and exciting experience. 
We continue to build on improvements to our customer journey which began in 2016, focusing 
on customer engagement throughout the purchase process and dealing quickly with quality issues. 
This has resulted in an improvement in our customer satisfaction scores during the year as measured 
by the NHBC. In 2017, 85.1 per cent (2016 81.6 per cent) of our customers were satisfied eight 
weeks after occupation and 88.6 per cent (2016: 84.8 per cent) would recommend us to a friend. 

ENVIRONMENT

Our approach to environmental sustainability is informed by our values, compliance requirements 
and the needs of our stakeholders. This applies to all aspects of our business and involves setting 
objectives and measuring performance against them in order to ensure continual improvement.

Energy
The energy efficiency of the homes we have built, as measured by the Standard Assessment Procedure 
(“SAP”) – continues to be above national standards at an average rating of 85.45 out of 100 (2016: 84.8 
out of 100).

For the second year we have collated and are reporting performance on energy use within the 
business covering head office, site and business travel. Details of our energy use and associated 
carbon footprint are detailed below:

Office activities
For the reporting period, we cut our office-based CO2 emissions by 13.6 per cent per employee.

Scope 1

Scope 2

Total GHG

Year

Gas 
kWh

Gas 
CO2e/kg

Total 
CO2e/kg 
per head1

Electricity 
kWh

Electricity 
CO2e/kg

Total 
CO2e/kg 
per head1

Total 
CO2e/kg

2017 1,127,253 207,922

178.63

1,280,792 450,275

386.83

65,870

2016

940,247

173,005

159.16

1,290,908

542,457

499

715,462

Site Activities

Scope 1

Year

Gas
kWh

Gas
CO2e/kg

Gas oil
kWh

Gas oil
CO2e/kg

Total 
kWh

Total
CO2e/kg

2017

4,761,337

876,848

14,933,110 4,119,746 19,694,447 4,996,594

2016

2,193,480

403,965

8,523,068

2,352,426

10,716,548

2,756,391

Total 
CO2e/kg 
per head1

0.57

0.66

Total
CO2e/kg 
per m2

9.92

9.89

Year

2017

2016

Electricity
kWh

5,029,775

1,954,542

Business travel – Scope 3

Scope 2

Electricity
CO2e/kg

1,768,268

814,010

Total
CO2e/kg per m2

3.51

2.92

Our fleet CO2e emissions decreased by 20 per cent to 1.37 CO2e tonnes per person (2016:1.71 tonnes 
per person). The overall emission level also decreased to 1,597 tonnes from 1,858 tonnes in 2016. 
This has been achieved by an increasing our use of video and telephone conferencing and by our 
Cycle to Work scheme.

Year

2017

2016

kWh

6,339,503

7,555,351

CO2e(kg) 

1,597,045

1,858,011

Total CO2e 
(kg) per person1

1,372.03

1,709.30

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201735

Waste
The Group has implemented more stringent practices and commercially focused systems in order 
to reduce waste, recycle more and reduce waste going to landfill. We targeted continual improvement 
in waste reduction and disposal working towards our goal of sending zero waste to landfill. 
During 2017 we reduced waste produced on site by 24 per cent, with total waste of 5.99 tonnes/m2 
(2016: 8.83T/m2) and 98.8 per cent diversion from landfill (2016: 98.4 per cent).

Office activities 2017

Total waste (tonnes)

Total waste (tonnes)
per employee

Recycled (tonnes)

% Recycled

387.34

0.33

206.10

53.0

Site activities 2017

Total waste 
(tonnes) 
per 100 m2 
completed

Total waste 
(tonnes)

Recycled/
composted 
(tonnes)

% Recycled/
composted

Energy 
from waste 
(tonnes)

% 
Energy from 
waste

Landfill 
(tonnes)

% Landfill

% Diverted 
from landfill

30,169.68

5.99

24,449

81

4,289

14.2

355

1.2

98.8

Water usage

We monitor water usage in the Group’s offices and for the first time this year at our sites. Water 
usage in our offices has increased to 8,977m3 (2016: 4,242m3). This has also increased to 7.71m3 
from 3.93m3 per employee. This reflects the growth of the company and opening of additional 
offices and floors in existing buildings.

Transport
We encourage the use of sustainable transport modes by providing an increasing number of cycling 
facilities and electric charging points at our developments. In 2017, 96 per cent of our developments 
were located within 1km of a public transport node and 79 per cent are within 500m, providing a 
choice of travel modes to our customers and helping to reduce their impact on the environment.

Ecology
We are committed to establishing and enhancing ecological networks that are resilient to current and 
future climate change pressures. We installed green or brown roofs on 22 per cent of our developments 
during the year (2016: 18 per cent).

To manage local risks, qualified ecologists undertook full ecological surveys as part of the site evaluation 
process on 95 per cent (2016: 98 per cent) of our projects. 

SUPPLY CHAIN

Countryside strives to work with suppliers and 
sub-contractors who share our values and who 
can support our business in a manner that is 
safe, efficient and ethical, and reduces adverse 
effects on the environment.

All our supply chain members are required to 
complete a prequalification process to enable 
us to ascertain that these values are met. We 
engage with our contractors and suppliers on 
a regular basis to ensure that they are meeting 
the requirements we set them and also work 
with them to improve their standards and 
therefore our own.

We have in place a Sustainable Procurement 
Policy which sets out our commitments and 
standards. This can be viewed on our website 
at www.countryside-properties.com/about-us/
who-we-are/sustainability/environment. 

Download our Sustainability Report online at 
countryside-properties.com/about-us/
who-we-are/sustainability/

Intensity measure co2e(kg) per m2 based on developed area of 
503,544 m2 (2016: 278,732 m2) 

1.  Based on 1,164 employees (2016: 1,087).

Scope 1: These are emissions that arise directly from sources 
that are owned or controlled by the Company, for example 
from fuels used in generators and plant on our sites.

Scope 2: These are the emissions generated by purchased 
electricity consumed by the Company;

Scope 3: These emissions are a consequence of the activities of 
the Company but occur from sources not owned or controlled 
by the organisation. This includes emissions associated with 
business travel.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017 
 
 
 
Risk management
Risk management

36

OPTIMISING OUR  
RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS

Countryside has policies and procedures in place for the timely identification, 
assessment and prioritisation of the Group’s material risks and uncertainties. 
This section describes how these risks are identified, managed and mitigated 
appropriately in order to deliver the Group’s strategic objectives.

How we manage risk
Risk identification and management is built into 
every aspect of Countryside’s daily operations, 
ranging from the appraisal of new sites, assessment 
of the prospects of planning success, building 
safely and selling effectively to achieve long-term 
success through the property market cycle. 
Risk management is built into standardised 
processes for each part of the business at every 
stage of the housebuilding process. Financial 
risk is managed centrally through maintenance 
of a strong balance sheet, forward selling new 
homes and the careful allocation of funds to 
the right projects, at the right time and in the 
right locations. Risk management also includes 
the internal controls described within the 
Corporate Governance Report on 
pages 46 to 51. 

The Risk Management Committee normally meets 
every quarter to review the Group’s risk register. 

The Group’s risk register is maintained to record 
all principal risks and uncertainties identified in 
each part of the business. A member of the 
Executive Committee is allocated, as appropriate, 
as the “risk owner” for each risk. The risk owners 
call upon the appropriate expertise to conduct 
an analysis of each risk, according to a defined 
set of assessment criteria which includes:

•  How does the risk relate to the Group’s 

business model and/or strategy?

•  What is the likelihood of the risk occurring?

•  What is the potential impact were the risk 

to occur?

•  Would the consequences be short, medium 

or long-term?

•  What mitigating actions are available and 

which are cost effective?

•  What is the degree of residual risk and is it 
within the Group’s risk appetite parameters?

•  Has the risk assessment changed and what is 

expected to change going forward?

The Risk Management Committee reviews the 
assessments made, compares it to the Group’s 
appetite for each risk, reviews the current level 
of preparedness and determines whether further 
actions or resource are required. In reviewing 
and agreeing the mitigating actions, the Risk 
Management Committee considers the impact 
of risks individually and in combination, in both 
the short and the longer-term.

Our approach to risk

The Board

Role and responsibilities

•  Sets the Group strategy

•  Determines the Group’s risk policy, and the procedures that are put in place to mitigate exposure 

to risk

•  Regularly monitors Group risks

•  Reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control procedures

Audit Committee

Role and responsibilities

•  Has delegated responsibility from the Board to oversee risk management and internal controls

•  Monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting process

•  Monitors the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function and the independence of the external audit

Risk Management  
Committee

Internal Audit

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

•  Determines the appropriate controls for the 
timely identification and management of risk

•  Undertakes independent reviews of 

effectiveness of internal control procedures

•  Manages the Group’s risk register

•  Reports on effectiveness of management actions

•  Monitors the effective implementation of 

•  Provides assurance to the Audit Committee

action plans

•  Reviews reports from the Internal Audit function

Executive Committee

Role and responsibilities

•  Responsible for identification of operational and strategic risks

•  Responsible for ownership and control of specific risks

•  Responsible for establishing and managing the implementation of appropriate action plans

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201737

Key areas of focus during 2017
Data protection 
Given that the EU’s General Data Protection 
Regulation (“GDPR”) takes effect from 25 May 2018, 
the business-wide objective of ensuring all business 
divisions are in compliance in advance of the 
deadline has been overseen by the Risk 
Management Committee during 2017. The 
process commenced with an internal audit 
of the Group’s state of readiness, followed 
by the development and implementation of an 
operational road map, using the findings of the 
audit, to embrace GDPR and develop sustainable 
privacy with respect to Countryside’s employees, 
customers and suppliers.

Cyber 
Recognising that cyber risk continues to grow 
as a leading issue for all organisations, there has 
been a significant focus during 2017 on reviewing 
the Group’s material IT controls, policies and 
procedures to ensure their resilience to support 
business performance. The Board received a 
presentation on the mitigating actions being 
undertaken and an assessment of the Group’s 
state of preparedness on 27 July 2017. A case 
study of the work undertaken to address cyber 
risk is set out on page 54. 

Market
The Board, Executive Committee and 
Risk Management Committee have spent 
considerable time during 2017 to ensure that 
the Group’s mixed-tenure approach and 
product mix are best suited to ensure we 
maintain affordability and serve the areas of 
strongest demand. In order to better monitor 
potential changes in market risk, management has 
expanded the range of third party data it 
reviews (such as the monthly Barclays UK 
spend trend) and increased the use of third 
party market assessments in advance of all 
major new projects.

Viability Statement
The following statement is made in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(April 2016) provision C.2.2. After considering 
the current position of the Company, the 
Directors have assessed the prospects and 
viability of the Company over a three-year 
period to September 2020. In making this 
statement, the Board has performed a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Company, including those risks that would 
threaten Countryside’s business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity. The principal 
risks facing Countryside and how the Company 
addresses such risks are described in this Strategic 
Report and are summarised in the “Principal 
risks and uncertainties” section of this report.

Although longer-term forecasts are prepared 
to support the strategic planning process, the 
nature of the risks and opportunities faced by 
the Group limits the Directors’ ability to 
reliably predict the longer term. Accordingly, a 
three-year horizon is used to allow for a greater 
degree of certainty in our assumptions.

The Directors’ assessment includes a financial 
review, which is derived from the Group’s strategic 
forecasts and identifies divisional business 
performance, expected cash flows, net debt 
headroom and funding covenant compliance 
throughout the three years under review. 
These forecasts also incorporate severe but 
plausible downside case scenarios, illustrating 
the potential impact upon viability of one or more 
of the Group’s principal risks crystallising during 
the period, both individually and in combination.

A number of reasonable assumptions are 
included within these assessments, including:

•   the assumption that the Group’s debt facility, 
which expires in 2022, will continue to be 
available on the same or similar basis 
throughout the period under review;

•   the assumption that, following a material 

event, the Group would adjust its strategy 
accordingly to preserve cash. This would 
include, inter alia, suspending the purchase 
of land, changing the build profile of existing 
developments or adjusting Group 
dividend policy;

•   the assumption that counterparties including 
local authorities and housing associations 
honoured the phased viability terms and 
conditions contained in a number of the 
Group’s Partnerships contracts; and

•   the assumption that the Group will be able 
to effectively mitigate risks through enacted 
or available actions, as described in the 
“Principal risks and uncertainties” section 
of this report.

The sensitivity analysis is performed based on 
assumptions modelled on the 2007 to 2009 
period, adjusted for changes in Countryside’s 
business divisions, during which the Housebuilding 
sector saw significant reductions in sales rates and 
average selling prices and illiquidity in the land 
market during a prolonged economic recession. 
These assumptions include, inter alia, a 20 per cent 
fall in house prices and an up to 50 per cent 
reduction in sales rates, offset by a 10 per cent 
build cost deflation.

It considers all of our principal risks, although 
our assumption that we will be able to effectively 
mitigate some of our risks leads to a greater 
emphasis on those risks that are beyond our 
control (such as external macroeconomic factors).

Having had due regard to the sensitivity analysis, 
the Directors have concluded that we do not 
face a risk to our viability except in the event 
of highly improbable combinations of material 
events within the three-year window.

Based on this conclusion, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
the assessment.

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive
21 November 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Risk management continued

38

Board, Audit Committee and Risk Management 
Committee responsibility
The Audit Committee reviewed the Group’s risk register and the assessment 
of the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties prepared by the Risk 
Management Committee at its meetings in July and October 2017. The 
Audit Committee also considered the effectiveness of the Group’s systems, 
and has taken this into account in preparing the Viability Statement on 
the previous page.

t
n
a
c
fi
n
g
S

i

i

Current assessment of principal risks

1

2

4

6

5

7

7

1

5

3

3

2

4

6

Unlikely

Occasional

Likelihood

Likely

Post-mitigation

Pre-mitigation

The Audit Committee reported on its findings at the Board’s July and October 
meetings, in order to support it in making its confirmation that it had 
carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks. 

t
c
a
p
m

I

e
t
a
r
e
d
o
M

Principal risks and uncertainties
The Group’s principal risks are monitored by the Risk Management 
Committee, the Audit Committee and the Board. The table below 
sets out the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and mitigation.

w
o
L

Our strategic priorities – Key

1

Growth

2

Returns

3

Resilience

No change

Increase

Decrease

RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

1

2

CHANGE 
DURING YEAR LINK TO STRATEGY

1

2

3

Adverse macroeconomic 
conditions*
A decline in macroeconomic conditions, or 
conditions in the UK residential property market, 
can reduce the propensity to buy homes. Higher 
unemployment, interest rates and inflation can 
affect consumer confidence and reduce demand 
for new homes. Constraints on mortgage availability, 
or higher costs of mortgage funding, may make 
it more difficult to sell homes.

Funds are allocated between the Housebuilding 
and Partnerships businesses. In Housebuilding, 
land is purchased based on planning prospects, 
forecast demand and market resilience. In 
Partnerships, contracts are phased and, where 
possible, subject to viability testing. In all cases, 
forward sales, cash flow and work in progress 
are carefully monitored to give the Group time 
to react to changing market conditions. 

Adverse changes to Government 
policy and regulation*
Adverse changes to Government policy in areas 
such as tax, housing, the environment and 
building regulations may result in increased costs 
and/or delays. Failure to comply with laws and 
regulations could expose the Group to 
penalties and reputational damage. 

The potential impact of changes in Government 
policy and new laws and regulations are monitored 
and communicated throughout the business. 
Detailed policies and procedures are in place to 
address the prevailing regulations.

1

2

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

CHANGE 
DURING YEAR

LINK TO STRATEGY

39

3

4

5

6

7

Constraints on 
construction resources*
Costs may increase beyond budget due to the 
reduced availability of skilled labour, or shortages 
of sub-contractors or building materials at 
competitive prices to support the Group’s 
growth ambitions. The Group’s strategic 
geographic expansion may be at risk if 
new supply chains cannot be established.

Optimise use of standard house types and 
design to maximise buying power. Use of 
strategic suppliers to leverage volume price 
reductions and minimise unforeseen disruption. 
Robust contract terms to control costs. 

Programme delay 
(rising project complexity)
Failure to secure timely planning permission 
on economically viable terms or poor project 
forecasting, unforeseen operational delays due 
to technical issues, disputes with third party 
contractors or suppliers, bad weather or changes 
in purchaser requirements may cause delay or 
potentially termination of project.

The budgeted programme for each site is 
approved by the Divisional Board before 
acquisition. Sites are managed as a portfolio 
to control overall Group delivery risk. Weekly 
monitoring at both divisional and Group level. 

1

2

1

2

Inability to source and 
develop suitable land
Competition or poor planning may result in a 
failure to procure land in the right location, at 
the right price and at the right time. 

A robust land appraisal process ensures each 
project is financially viable and consistent with 
the Group’s strategy. 

1

2

Inability to attract and retain 
talented employees*
Inability to attract and retain highly skilled, 
competent people at all levels could adversely 
affect the Group’s results, prospects and 
financial condition. 

Remuneration packages are regularly 
benchmarked against industry standards to 
ensure competitiveness. Succession plans are 
in place for all key roles within the Group. 
Exit interviews are used to identify any areas 
for improvement.

1

2

3

Inadequate health, safety 
and environmental procedures
A deterioration in the Group’s health, safety and 
environmental standards could put the Group’s 
employees, contractors or the general public at 
risk of injury or death and could lead to litigation 
or penalties or damage the Group’s reputation. 

Procedures, training and reporting are all carefully 
monitored to ensure that high standards are 
maintained. An environmental risk assessment 
is carried out prior to any land acquisition. 
Appropriate insurance is in place to cover 
the risks associated with housebuilding. 

2

Brexit

Note:   The Risk Management Committee’s review of risk, including the principal risks, takes into account the known and forecast developments flowing from plans being made for the UK’s 
planned exit from membership of the European Union by March 2019 (“Brexit”). Brexit affects many of the principal risks, but particularly those marked with an asterisk.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201740

Chairman’s introduction to governance

COMMITTED TO  
GOOD GOVERNANCE

Corporate governance is a core and vital 
discipline to the success of the Group.

Dear Shareholders,
This report sets out our approach to governance, 
and how our governance framework supported 
our activities throughout the year. 

The Board regards corporate governance as a 
core and vital discipline complementing our 
desire to continually improve upon the success 
of the Group on behalf of our shareholders. 
Our governance framework (described in this 
report) allows for the continued monitoring, 
review, development and implementation of 
the policies, procedures and culture that 
support our high governance standards. 

The success of our strategy is very much dependent 
on developing a culture across the Group that 
supports the implementation of our strategy. 
I am pleased to report that our boardroom 
culture is good, with constructive challenge 
flowing freely from the Non-Executive Directors, 
underpinned by a genuine sense of mutual 
respect between all Directors. This has been 
borne out by our performance evaluation 
process for 2017, the results of which are 
described on page 48.

During 2017, the principal areas of focus for 
the Board have been:

•  supporting implementation of the 

business strategy;

•  implementing succession planning for the 

Board and Executive Committee;

•  improving the management of risk to 

support implementation of the Group’s 
strategic goals; 

•  developing policies and procedures to 

address the new Consumer Code for Home 
Builders; and

•  preparing for the introduction of the Criminal 

Finances Act and the General Data 
Protection Regulation. 

We have made good progress against all 
of these areas of focus in the year.

Supporting implementation of the 
business strategy
The Board has been heavily involved in monitoring 
and supporting the implementation across the 
Group of the strategy outlined during Countryside’s 
initial public offering in February 2016. 

Much progress has been made in 2017 with 
the further development of our Housebuilding 
and Partnerships business divisions, including a 
number of changes to our Executive Committee 
(as shown on pages 44). This has resulted in a 
diverse and experienced executive team to drive 
the performance of those business divisions. 
As set out on pages 50 and 51, the Board has 
combined a number of Board meetings with 
site visits, at which we received presentations 
from the Regional Managing Directors and their 
respective teams. Our site visits and the discussions 
between Non-Executives and members of the 
divisional teams have helped to inform our 
view of the success, and the challenges, of the 
implementation of the Group’s strategy.

Implementing succession planning for 
the Board and Executive Committee
Led by our Nomination Committee, we are 
focused on ensuring that our talent pipeline 
is managed to support the Group’s strategy. 
During 2017 we have assisted the executive 
management in identifying and appointing 
candidates for the Executive Committee and 
other senior management roles, and I am 
delighted with the appointments we have made 
which add significantly to the diversity in skills, 
background and experience at senior management 
level. Biographies of our Executive Committee 
members can be found on page 44, and my 
Nomination Committee Report on page 56 
gives further detail about our input into the 
appointment process.

The Board has continued to support and review 
the success of our leadership development 
programmes. We are confident that these, 
our talent pipeline, and other initiatives such 
as our two female Non-Executive Directors 
talking about their careers and overcoming 
challenges with the senior women within the 
business, mean that we are well set to continue 
our success in developing internal staff into diverse 
and experienced managers of the future. 

Succession planning for the Board and 
Committees has also been on the Nomination 
Committee’s agenda, particularly given the 
Board changes as a result of Oaktree Capital 
Management’s (“Oaktree”) share sell down. 
Again, more detail on our succession planning 
activity can be found in the Nomination 
Committee Report on page 56.

Improving the management of risk 
to support implementation of the 
Group’s strategic goals
Risk management, and in particular the 
principal risks faced by the Group, are key 
elements of the Board’s ongoing agenda and 
have been in particular focus this year as we 
monitor the housebuilding market and related 
issues following the UK’s vote in June 2016 
to leave the European Union. Details of our 
principal risks and uncertainties are set out on 
pages 38 and 39. 

Our IT governance and security were 
strengthened during 2017, and security 
generally (but particularly cyber security) 
has remained high on our agenda in 2017. 
The Group has completed a thorough risk 
assessment of information security during 
the year, with regular reports on progress 
considered by the Audit Committee.

Other activities in 2017
Health and safety
A focus on health and safety processes is critical 
for our business. Health and safety KPIs are 
reviewed by the Board regularly.

Our approach to health and safety, including a 
description of the metrics by which we measure 
our health and safety performance, are 
described in detail on page 34. 

The Board published its first statement under 
Section 54 of the Modern Slavery Act on the 
Group’s website in November 2016, setting 
out the steps we have taken during the year 
to ensure that our operations and supply 
chains are free from trafficking and slavery. 
The second statement, which includes further 
improvements made during 2017 to combat 
modern slavery, was published on the Group’s 
website in October 2017. 

Meeting our major shareholders
We have developed a comprehensive investor 
relations programme with our Executive Directors 
meeting investors and analysts regularly, supported 
where appropriate by me and other members of 
the Board. Our investor relations programme, 
which is described on page 50, is supported by 
Victoria Prior, who we appointed as Director of 
Investor Relations in November 2015. We have 
carried out a series of shareholder engagement 
events during 2016/17, as shown on page 41. We 
again received positive feedback for each event 
and see them as a valuable opportunity to 
understand the views of and develop constructive 
relationships with our major shareholders.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017The Board
On 26 May 2017, we announced that Oaktree had completed a sale of 
shares in Countryside, reducing its remaining shareholding in Countryside to 
approximately 23 per cent of the Company’s issued share capital. As 
required by the Relationship Agreement with Oaktree (as described on 
page 49), James Van Steenkiste stepped down from the Board on 5 June 
2017. On 2 October 2017, we announced that Richard Adam had notified 
the Company of his decision to step down as a Non-Executive Director, 
Chairman of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director of 
the Company, with his last day of service being 31 December 2017. The 
Board has commenced a formal search for his replacement and a further 
announcement will be made as soon as the details and commencement 
date of Richard’s successor have been agreed. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank James and Richard for their 
valuable contributions to Countryside since joining the Board. I would also 
like to thank my remaining colleagues on the Board for their continued 
support, commitment, challenge and passion for our business. 

Independence of Directors
The Board reviewed the independence of all Non-Executive Directors 
(excluding the Chairman) at the Board meeting on 27 July 2017, and 
determined that they all continue to be independent, with the exception 
of Federico Canciani, who holds the position of Managing Director at 
Oaktree Capital Management (UK) Limited, a substantial shareholder 
of the Company. The Board is satisfied that the Chairman was 
independent upon appointment. 

Board and Committee effectiveness 
In 2017 a Board and Committee evaluation was carried out. The decision 
was made to conduct an internal review, led by me and assisted by the 
Company Secretary. An externally facilitated review will be organised next 
year. I am delighted to confirm that no significant issues were raised and 
the view of the Board is that the governance structure, together with the 
Board and its Committees, all continue to operate effectively, with a 
positive and open culture. The review process is described in more detail 
on page 48. 

I am satisfied that the Non-Executive Directors continue to be effective 
and show a high level of commitment to their roles. All Directors, with 
the exception of Richard Adam (given his departure), will, as they will every 
year, stand for re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

David Howell
Chairman
21 November 2017

Shareholder engagement

2016

41

November/December 
2016

•  Full year results and roadshow

March 2017

•  Investor site visits to Acton and 

East London

May 2017

•  Interim results and roadshow

July 2017

•  Partnerships analyst and investor event

•  Q3 trading update

January 2017

•  AGM/Q1 trading update

April 2017

•  Interim pre-close update and 

conference call

June 2017

•  Frankfurt roadshow 

•  Peel Hunt investor conference

September 2017

•  Acton investor site visit

•  JP Morgan investor conference

October 2017

•   Full year pre-close statement and 

conference call

2017

Compliance with the Code 
From 5 June 2017 until 30 September 2017, Countryside has complied 
with all the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 
(the “Code”). Richard Adam will remain as the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director, the Chairman of the Audit Committee and a 
member of both the Remuneration and Nomination Committees until 
his last day of service to the Company on 31 December 2017. During this 
time Countryside will remain compliant with all provisions of the Code.

In planning for Richard Adam’s succession, the Nomination Committee 
has instigated a formal search for his replacement with the intention that 
his successor take on the role of Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and join both 
the Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

If Richard Adam’s successor is appointed prior to 31 December 2017, 
and there are no other changes to the Board composition, Countryside 
will remain compliant with all provisions of the Code.

Prior to 5 June 2017, Countryside complied with all the provisions of 
the Code save that, excluding the independent Non-Executive Chairman, 
the Board had only three Non-Executive Directors which it considered 
to be independent. This constituted non-compliance with Code provision 
B.1.2 that recommends at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, 
comprises independent Non-Executive Directors. Nonetheless, as 
reported in our previous Annual Report, the Board determined that 
the composition of the Board, comprising two Executive Directors and 
six Non-Executive Directors, brought a desirable range of skills and 
experience in light of the Company’s challenges and opportunities 
following admission to the London Stock Exchange, while at the same 
time ensuring that no individual (or small group of individuals) could 
dominate the Board’s decision making. 

Oaktree currently has one Non-Executive Director appointed to the 
Board, following James Van Steenkiste stepping down on 5 June 2017 
after Oaktree’s reduction of its shareholding in the Company to below 
25 per cent. As and when Oaktree reduces its shareholding below 
10 per cent, its right to make Board appointments ceases.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic report42

Board of Directors

OUR BOARD  
OF DIRECTORS

Our Directors bring together considerable experience and expertise 
and are committed to practising and promoting good 
governance throughout the Group.

David Howell
Non-Executive Chairman 

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive 

Rebecca Worthington
Group Chief Financial Officer

APPOINTMENT DATE:

14 December 2015

19 November 2015

19 November 2015

CAREER AND SKILLS:

Ian joined the Group in 
October 2013 as Executive 
Chairman of Copthorn Holdings 
Limited and was appointed Group 
Chief Executive in January 2015.

He previously held a number 
of senior roles at Shell before 
being appointed UK Managing 
Director of George Wimpey and 
subsequently UK Chief Executive 
and a board member of Taylor 
Wimpey. He followed this with 
a similar role at SEGRO, before 
becoming Chief Executive of 
Keepmoat Limited.

Rebecca joined the Group 
in August 2015 as Chief 
Financial Officer of Copthorn 
Holdings Limited.

She qualified as a 
chartered accountant with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
in 1997. She subsequently 
worked at Quintain Estates and 
Development plc for 15 years, 
first as Finance Director and 
latterly as Deputy Chief Executive. 
Following that she spent two years 
as Chief Executive of Lodestone 
Capital Limited, a business advising 
on operational real estate assets. 

David joined the Group in 
April 2014 as a Non-Executive 
Director of Copthorn Holdings 
Limited and was appointed 
Non-Executive Chairman of that 
company in January 2015.

He is a chartered accountant with 
extensive experience working across 
a number of different industry 
sectors as either an executive 
or non-executive director. His last 
three executive roles were as 
Chairman of Western & Oriental 
plc, Chief Financial Officer and 
a member of the board of 
lastminute.com plc and Group 
Finance Director of First 
Choice Holidays plc. He also was 
a Non-Executive Director of The 
Berkeley Group Holdings plc for 
over ten years where he chaired 
the audit committee until 2014. 

EXTERNAL 
APPOINTMENT:

David is Non-Executive Chairman 
of Confidential Incident Reporting 
& Analysis Service Limited. 

Ian is a Non-Executive Director of 
Ashtead Group plc.

Rebecca is a Non-Executive Director 
of Hansteen Holdings plc. On 
10 November 2017 it was 
announced that Rebecca will join 
the Board of The British Land 
Company PLC as a Non-Executive 
Director with effect from 1 January 
2018. As a result of this appointment 
Rebecca will step down from the 
Board of Hansteen Holdings plc in 
the first quarter of 2018.

N

R

E

E

COMMITTEE 
MEMBERSHIP

A

N

R

E

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Executive Committee

Chair

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201743

Richard Adam
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Amanda Burton
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Federico Canciani
Non-Executive Director

Baroness Morgan 
of Huyton
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

Richard joined the Group in 
April 2015 as a Non-Executive 
Director of Copthorn 
Holdings Limited.

Amanda joined the Group in 
October 2014 as a Non-Executive 
Director of Copthorn 
Holdings Limited.

Federico joined the Group in 
April 2013 as a Non-Executive 
Director of Copthorn 
Holdings Limited.

Baroness Morgan joined the 
Group in October 2014 as a 
Non-Executive Director of 
Copthorn Holdings Limited.

He is a chartered accountant with 
nearly 30 years of experience as 
finance director of private and listed 
businesses having gained a wealth 
of experience from executive and 
non-executive roles spanning the 
media, infrastructure, construction 
and services sectors. From 2007 
until retiring in 2016 Richard 
was Group Finance Director of 
Carillion plc, the integrated support 
services and construction business. 
Prior to this, he was Group Finance 
Director of Associated British 
Ports Holdings plc and a 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
of SSL International plc. 

Richard is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman Designate of the Audit 
Committee of BMT Group Limited. 
He is also currently a Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman of the 
Audit and Risk Committee 
of Countrywide plc and a 
Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of FirstGroup plc. 

She joined Clifford Chance LLP in 
2000 and she left in December 
2014 as its Global Chief Operating 
Officer. Prior to this, she was at 
Meyer International plc where she 
was a Director and Chairman of 
its Timber Group. She also served 
nine years on the Board at Galliford 
Try plc as a Non-Executive 
Director from 2005 and as Senior 
Independent Director from 2008. 

His prior experience includes 
corporate finance and mergers 
and acquisitions with Goldman 
Sachs International in London and 
private equity positions with 
Nomura Principle Finance Group 
and Terra Firma Capital Partners 
Limited. He received a Laurea 
Degree in Business Administration 
from the Universitá Commerciale 
Luigi Bocconi in Milan, Italy, in 1999. 

She had a long and successful 
career in Central Government, 
serving as Director of Government 
Relations at 10 Downing Street 
from 2001 to 2005. Prior to this, 
she was Political Secretary to the 
Prime Minister from 1997 to 2001 
and was appointed Minister for 
Women and Equalities in 2001. 
She was made a life peer in the 
same year. She previously served 
as a Board member for the 
Olympic Delivery Authority, 
as Chairman of Ofsted and 
as a member of the advisory 
committee of Virgin Group 
Holdings Limited. 

Amanda is Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director of HSS 
Hire Group plc, a Non-Executive 
Director of Skipton Building Society 
and Chairman and Trustee of 
Battersea Dogs and Cats Home.

Federico is a Managing Director of 
Oaktree Capital, having joined the 
firm in 2006 from Matlin 
Patterson Advisers (Europe) LLP. 
He is a Director of Breeze Midco 
(TNC) Limited, Breeze Bidco 
(TNC) Limited, Nanclach Holdco 
Limited, Nanclach Midco Limited 
and Broadhaven Distribution Ltd.

Baroness Morgan is Senior 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director of Carillion plc, Vice 
Chairman of King’s College 
London, Chairman of Royal 
Brompton and Harefield NHS 
Trust, an advisor to the board of 
the children’s charity ARK and a 
trustee of a number of charities.

A

N

R

A

N

R

N

A

N

R

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportExecutive Committee

44

OUR EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive

Rebecca Worthington
Group Chief Financial Officer

Phillip Lyons
Chief Executive, Housebuilding

Graham Cherry
Chief Executive, Partnerships South

Full biography on page 42.

Full biography on page 42.

Phillip joined the Group in May 2017 
as Chief Executive, Housebuilding, 
responsible for all the Group’s 
Housebuilding and strategic land 
activities including Millgate.

He trained as a quantity surveyor 
and held positions of Commercial 
Director, Land Director and 
Managing Director prior to being 
promoted to Divisional Managing 
Director at Taylor Wimpey in 2007, 
responsible for London and the 
South East Division.

Graham was appointed Chief 
Executive of Partnerships South 
on 2 May 2017 having previously 
been Chief Executive of the New 
Homes and Communities 
Division.

He joined the Group 
as a graduate trainee from the 
University of Reading in 1980. 
He had been Group Chief 
Executive of Copthorn Holdings 
Limited, a position he held since 
1996, and Head of Division of 
the Group’s New Homes and 
Communities business. 

Ian Kelley
Chief Executive, 
Partnerships North

Nick Worrall
Group HR Director

Gary Whitaker
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Ian was appointed Chief Executive 
of Partnerships North on 2 May 2017 
having previously been Managing 
Director of the Partnerships 
North Region.

He joined the Group on 12 August 1996 
as Associate Director for Business 
Development. Ian was appointed 
Managing Director of Partnerships 
North in October 2000.

Previously he had worked for 
Wimpey Homes for a significant 
period of his career in both 
open market housing and urban 
regeneration. This was followed by a 
two-year period with Lovell 
Partnerships in new business.

Nick joined the Group in 
September 2014 as Group 
HR Director.

Previously he held senior 
HR positions for over 20 years 
in the retail, energy and financial 
services industries including 
roles in Barclays, National Grid, 
Centrica and BrightHouse. 

Gary joined the Group in 
March 2015 as General Counsel 
and Company Secretary. 
Previously, he was General 
Counsel and Company Secretary 
for Xchanging plc for 15 years, 
which specialised in technology 
and outsourcing. 

He trained as a solicitor with 
Norton Rose, and qualified into 
the corporate finance team, 
working in their London and 
Moscow offices. Prior to 
Norton Rose, he served an 
11-year commission in the 
Royal Navy fleet air arm.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201745

“The Countryside Board and 
Executive Committee are 
committed to ensuring that high 
standards of corporate governance 
are reflected across the business.”

David Howell
Chairman

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic report 
 
Corporate governance report

46

EXCELLENCE  
IN GOVERNANCE

The Board is responsible for maintaining a 
strong and effective governance system 
throughout the Group.

Board role and composition 
The Board is responsible for reviewing and guiding corporate strategy, 
the establishment of key policies and objectives, understanding the key 
risks faced by the Company and determining the risk tolerance of the 
Company and the processes in operation to mitigate these. The Board 
has overall responsibility for the management of the Company in order 
to maximise shareholder value. In discharging its responsibilities, the Board 
is supported by its management together with specialist committees. 
In compliance with the Code, the Board has established three Committees: 
an Audit Committee, a Nomination Committee and a Remuneration 
Committee. Each Committee works from terms of reference which 
are reviewed annually and are available on the Company’s website: 
investors.countryside-properties.com. The terms of reference for each 
Committee were last approved by the Board on 16 October 2017. 

These Committees have appropriately skilled members, senior management 
participation and access to specialist advice when considered necessary. 
The minutes of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
meetings are sent to all Directors and oral updates are given at Board 
meetings. The Report of the Audit Committee (which includes an overview 
of the Company’s control and risk management framework) can be found 
on pages 52 to 55. Page 56 describes the remit and activities of the 
Nomination Committee. The activities of the Remuneration Committee 
are described in the Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 
57 to 73. The Board is also supported by an Executive Committee, 
further details of which can be found on page 44.

Additional information
Information on the impact on the Company as required by the Takeover 
Directive, and information required under the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules, is given in the Directors’ Report (see pages 74 to 76) and forms 
part of this Corporate Governance Report. 

The Board 
Board composition
The Board currently consists of seven Directors, comprising a 
Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive Directors and four further 
Non-Executive Directors. Richard Adam is the Senior Independent 
Director. David Howell, our Chairman, and Richard Adam are available 
to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through 
the normal channels. As announced by the Company on 2 October 2017, 
Richard Adam will step down from the Board and its Committees on 
31 December 2017. The Board has commenced a formal search for his 
replacement and a further announcement will be made as soon as the 
details and commencement date of Richard’s successor have been agreed. 
For further information about communication between the Board 
and shareholders, please refer to communication with shareholders 
on page 50. The Board has recruited Non-Executive Directors of a 
high calibre with broad commercial and other relevant experience. 
Non-Executive Directors are expected to bring objectivity and independence 
of view to the Board’s discussions, and to help provide the Board with 
effective leadership in relation to the Company’s strategy, performance, 
risk and people management as well as ensuring high standards of financial 
probity and corporate governance. Countryside believes that the Board 
has the appropriate balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
of the Group to support the long-term success of the Company.

The Board
Responsible for the overall conduct 
of the Group’s business including our 
long-term success; setting our values, 
standards and strategic objectives; 
reviewing our performance; and 
ensuring a successful dialogue with 
our shareholders.

Read more on pages 42 and 43

Board Committees
Delegated to by the Board 
and responsible for maintaining 
effective governance in the 
following areas: audit, remuneration, 
Board composition, succession 
planning and corporate governance.

Full details of the Committees’ 
responsibilities and activities are 
detailed on the following page 
and in the Committee reports.

Executive Committees
Responsible for implementing 
strategic objectives and realising 
competitive business performance 
in line with established risk management 
frameworks, compliance policies, 
internal control systems and 
reporting requirements.

See Countryside’s website  
investors.countryside-properties.com

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201747

Chairman

Senior Independent 
Director

Non-Executive 
Directors

Group Chief 
Executive

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

•  Leads the Board, sets the agenda 
and promotes a culture of open 
debate between Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors

•  Regularly meets with the Group 
Chief Executive and other senior 
management to stay informed

•  Ensures effective communication 

with our shareholders

•  Provides a sounding board 

to the Chairman and appraises 
his performance

•  Acts as intermediary for other 

Directors if needed

•  Available to respond to shareholder 
concerns when contact through 
the normal channels is inappropriate

Role and responsibilities

•  Contribute to developing 

our strategy

•  Scrutinise and constructively 
challenge the performance of 
management in the execution 
of our strategy

Company Secretary

Role and responsibilities

•  Supports the Chairman and Group Chief Executive in fulfilling their duties

•  Available to all Directors for advice and support

Role and responsibilities

•  Leads the business, implements 

strategy and chairs the 
Executive Committee

Audit  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

•  Monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s financial statements

•  Determining the structure, size and 

composition of the Board

•  Reviewing significant accounting 

and reporting judgements

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of 
the internal audit and external 
audit process

•  Reviewing the Group’s procedures 
for detecting and preventing fraud, 
bribery and the governance of 
anti-money laundering systems 
and controls

•  Making recommendations in 
relation to the re-election of 
Directors retiring by rotation

•  Conducting performance 
evaluations of Directors

•  Succession planning

•  Recommending to the Board the 
Company’s policy on executive 
remuneration

•  Setting overarching principles and 
parameters and the governance 
framework of the Group’s 
remuneration policy

•  Determining the individual 
remuneration and benefits 
package of each of the 
Company’s Executive Directors 
and its Company Secretary

Read more on pages 52 to 55

Read more on page 56

Read more on pages 57 to 73

Risk Management 
Committee

Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Quality Committee

Executive  
Committee

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

Role and responsibilities

•  Monitoring and assessing the 

effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
and control processes

•  Co-ordinating the implementation 
by management of Group policies 
on risk and control

•  Overseeing the administration of 

the Group’s insurance arrangements, 
providing assurance to the Audit 
Committee that such monitoring 
and assessment of the Group’s 
internal control systems is 
being undertaken

•  Determining the policy, objectives 

and targets for the Group’s 
health and safety compliance 
and performance

•  Ensuring adequate training and 
communication to achieve the 
Group’s health and safety objectives

•  Determining the policy, objectives 
and targets for the Group’s quality 
and environmental compliance 
and performance

•  Ensuring adequate training and 

communication to achieve the Group’s 
quality and environmental objectives

•  Responsible for identification of 
operational and strategic risks

•  Responsible for ownership and 

control of specific risks

•  Responsible for establishing and 
managing the implementation of 
appropriate action plans

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

48

Board and Committee attendance
The number of Board and Committee meetings attended by each Director during the 2017 financial year is as follows:

Number of meetings held

David Howell

Ian Sutcliffe

Rebecca Worthington

Richard Adam

Amanda Burton

Federico Canciani

Baroness Morgan

James Van Steenkiste

Board 

10 

10/10

10/10

10/10

10/10

9/10 1

10/10

10/10

6/7 2

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Overall
attendance

4

—

—

—

4/4

4/4

—

4/4

—

4

4/4

—

—

4/4

4/4

—

4/4

—

2

2/2

—

—

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

—

100%

100%

100%

100%

95%

100%

100%

86%

1.  Amanda Burton was unable to attend a Board meeting which was called at short notice due to a prior engagement.

2.  James Van Steenkiste resigned as a Director on 5 June 2017 so the attendance covers his period of office.

Board analysis

Composition

Length of tenure

Gender diversity

Non-Executives
4

Non-Executive 
Chairman  
1

Executives 
2

>3 years
5

2–3 years 
2

Male
57%

Female 
43%

Review of Board effectiveness
The 2017 Board and Committee evaluation process started with a written 
questionnaire for all Directors, followed by individual interviews during 
which Board members were invited to evaluate and comment on the 
operation of the Board and its Committees. The Chairman and Company 
Secretary met to discuss the results of the process and a report was 
submitted to the Board setting out the principal issues raised and 
suggesting appropriate action points. 

The principal issue raised in the 2017 performance evaluation was Board and 
Executive succession planning which was discussed at the September 2017 
Board meeting. Based on the feedback received, the Board concluded 
that the Board and its Committees continue to operate effectively. 

A list of specific actions was agreed to address the comments made 
by Directors, including the continued improvement of senior management 
succession plans. During the 2017 evaluation process, the Non-Executive 
Directors (in the absence of the Chairman) met with Richard Adam, as 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, to review the performance 
of David Howell during 2017. Mr Adam later debriefed the Chairman. 
All Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman then met to evaluate 
the performance of the Group Chief Executive, Ian Sutcliffe. Finally, the 
Group Chief Executive joined the meeting to brief the Board on the 
performance of the Group Chief Financial Officer, Rebecca Worthington. The 
performance of the Non-Executive Directors during 2017 was reviewed by 
David Howell, taking into account the views of the other Directors.

STAGE 1
Comprehensive 
questionnaire

STAGE 2
One-on-one 
interviews

STAGE 3
Evaluation

Following a briefing by 
the Company Secretary 
of the requirements of 
the Code, each Director 
completed a questionnaire 
on the process, composition, 
content, performance 
and effectiveness of 
the Board and each of 
its Committees.

The Company Secretary 
interviewed each Director 
on the content of their 
questionnaires and further 
explored issues raised or 
comments made.

Having prepared a draft 
report of the principal 
issues and observations 
made, the Chairman and 
Company Secretary met 
to prepare the report and 
proposed actions for 
consideration by 
the Board.

STAGE 4
Reporting and 
discussion with 
the Board

The Board discussed the 
content of the report 
at its meeting on 
13 September. The 
Board discussed the 
effectiveness of actions 
taken following the 2017 
review and agreed actions 
for improvement for 2018. 

STAGE 5
Non-Executive 
Directors meeting 
with Senior 
Independent 
Director

The Non-Executive 
Directors met with the 
Senior Independent 
Director to evaluate the 
performance of the 
Chairman, taking into 
account the views of 
the Executive Directors.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017The Board continued
Relationship Agreement 
with Oaktree
For so long as Oaktree qualifies as a “controlling 
shareholder” according to the Listing Rules 
(LR 6.1.4D), the Company is required to have 
in place a written and legally binding agreement 
which is intended to ensure that Oaktree complies 
with the independence provisions set out in 
LR 6.1.4D. Details of the Relationship Agreement 
entered into with Oaktree are set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 74. 

Role and responsibilities of the Board
The Board is collectively responsible to 
shareholders for creating and sustaining 
shareholder value through the management 
of the Group’s businesses, and the long-term 
success of the Group. It sets the Group’s 
strategic plan and budgets, monitors their 
implementation and, with the assistance of 
the Audit Committee, ensures that executive 
management maintains a system of internal 
operational, financial and regulatory controls 
that identify and manage appropriately the 
risks set out on pages 38 and 39.

Summary of matters reserved 
for the Board
The Board has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision, which includes the 
approval of half-year and full-year financial 
statements, changes to the Company’s capital 
structure and significant investments, contracts, 
acquisitions, mergers and disposals. These 
reserved matters were last reviewed by the 
Board on 20 November 2017. Other specific 
responsibilities are delegated to the Board 
Committees, which operate within clearly 
defined terms of reference.

Full details of the schedule of matters 
reserved for decision by the Board and 
the responsibilities delegated to the Board 
Committees can be found on the Group’s 
website at investors.countryside-properties.com.

The roles of the Chairman 
and the Group Chief Executive
The roles of the Chairman and the Group 
Chief Executive are clearly segregated and the 
division of responsibilities between them is set 
out in writing and was last agreed by the Board 
on 16 October 2017. The Chairman is responsible 
for leadership of the Board, and ensuring its 
effectiveness by facilitating debate and the 
contribution of Non-Executive Directors. 
Meeting agendas are set by collaboration 
between the Chairman, the Group Chief 
Executive and the Company Secretary. 
The Group Chief Executive is responsible for 
running Countryside’s business, and providing 
strategic leadership to the Group, in 
consultation with the Board.

BOAR D SI TE  VISI T TO  GAT E AC R E 
AND BELGR AV IA , LI V ER POOL

49

“CREATING PLACES OF REAL 
QUALITY AND DEVELOPING 
A SENSE OF COMMUNITY.”

During 2017, the Board visited 11 different 
development sites, including at least one in 
each business region (as outlined on pages 
50 and 51).

On 13 September 2017, the Board visited 
two sites in our Partnerships North Region 
– Gateacre and Belgravia – both in Liverpool. 
The visits started with a presentation by 
Ian Kelley (Chief Executive of Partnerships 
North) and members of his senior 

executive team, followed by a tour of the 
two sites, led by Ian Kelley and his 
respective site managers.

The prior evening, the Board was joined by 
senior management representatives from 
the Liverpool, Manchester and the new 
West Midlands businesses, to discuss the 
Group’s performance and expansion plans 
in the North West and the Midlands.

Directors’ inductions, 
training and development
Countryside has a structured induction programme 
for all newly appointed Non-Executive Directors 
which includes visits to the business divisions 
and their respective management teams in each 
of Countryside’s business sectors and meetings 
with members of the Executive Committee. 
The Non-Executive Director selected to replace 
Richard Adam will undergo Countryside’s induction 
programme. Newly appointed Directors have 
access to the Company Secretary’s assistance 
both in orientation and guidance around the 
Countryside Group, in addition to the exposure 
gained at regular Board meetings.

All Directors receive ongoing updates on the 
Company’s projects and activities and on legal 
and regulatory changes. In 2017 this included 
briefings on the requirements (and implementation) 
of the new General Data Protection Regulation 
(effective from May 2018) and the Criminal 
Finance Act, and changes to the Consumer 
Code for Home Builders in April 2017. 

Formal papers are circulated to the Directors 
before each Board meeting, which enable them 
to make an informed decision on the issues under 
consideration. In addition to formal Board meetings, 
during 2017 the Chairman maintained regular 
contact with the Group Chief Executive, the 
Group Chief Financial Officer and other senior 
executive management to discuss specific issues. 
The Company Secretary acts as an advisor to 
the Board on matters concerning governance 
and ensures compliance with Board procedures. 
All Directors had access to the Company Secretary’s 
advice and during 2017 this was sought from 
time to time. Directors may also take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense. 
In the event that any Director has concerns 
about the running of the Company, or a proposed 
action, which cannot be resolved within the 
Board forum, such concerns may be reflected 
in the Board minutes. Minutes of each Board 
meeting are circulated by the Company Secretary 
following the meeting to allow such comments 
to be raised.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

50

The Board continued
Directors’ interests
Under Countryside’s Articles of Association, 
the Board may authorise any actual or potential 
conflicts of interest for Directors. Each Director 
provides the Company Secretary with information 
regarding any actual or potential interests that 
may conflict with those of Countryside, such 
as other directorships, and any other potential 
interests that each thinks may cause a conflict 
requiring prior Board authorisation on a 
semi-annual basis. If the circumstances of any 
of these disclosed interests change, the relevant 
Director is required to update the Company 
Secretary promptly. The register setting out each 
Director’s current disclosures (where relevant) 
was last reviewed and approved by the Board 
at its meeting on 16 October 2017. In each 
such situation, the Director under consideration 
did not vote on the matter. The Board will 
continue to review the register of interests 
regularly to ensure the authorisations, and any 
conditions attached to them, are appropriate 
for the relevant matter to remain authorised. 
The Company Secretary maintains a list of all 
authorisations granted to Directors, setting out 
the date of authorisation and its expiry and 
scope and any limitations imposed (as applicable).

Tenure, election and 
re-appointment of Directors
All Non-Executive Directors, excluding the 
Chairman, have three-year appointments from 
17 December 2015. The Chairman’s three-year 
appointment started on 14 December 2015. 
All Non-Executive Director appointments may 
be terminated by either party upon three months’ 
(or in the case of David Howell, six months’) 
written notice, or by shareholder vote at the 
AGM. The Non-Executive Directors do not 
have any entitlement to compensation if their 
office is terminated. Full details of the remuneration 
of the Non-Executive Directors can be found 
on page 67 of the Remuneration Report. Under 
the Articles of Association, all Directors are 
subject to re-election at the AGM at intervals 
of no more than three years. In line with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, all Directors 
(except for Richard Adam, given his resignation) 
will be put forward for re-election at the 2018 
AGM. The Board believes that each of the 
Directors makes a valuable contribution to 
Countryside, and supports their re-election 
in each case. 

Communications with shareholders
The Board places importance on communication with shareholders and gives them the opportunity to 
meet the Chairman and Directors as appropriate. Shareholders will continue to be given the opportunity 
to meet the Chairman and Directors in the coming 12 months. Arrangements can be made for major 
shareholders to meet with any newly appointed Directors. The Company’s Investor Relations team 
organises an ongoing programme of dialogue and meetings between the Group Chief Executive 
and Group Chief Financial Officer and institutional investors, fund managers and analysts. Brokers’ 
reports and investors’ feedback are circulated regularly to the Board, who discuss these and any 
other key matters relating to investors. In each case the Board, in conjunction with advisors where 
appropriate, determines the strategy to address significant issues raised.

The Company’s Annual General Meeting on 25 January 2018 will provide a valuable opportunity for 
the Board to communicate with private investors. We encourage shareholders to attend the meeting 
and to ask questions of any of the Directors following the conclusion of the formal part of the meeting. 
Details of proxy voting by shareholders, including votes withheld, will be made available on request 
and will be placed on the Company’s website following the meeting.

What the Board did in 2016/17
In the year ended 30 September 2017, significant discussions, transactions and appointments 
approved by the Board over and above the scheduled matters outlined on page 49 included:

October 2016

January 2017

•  Housebuilding (Millgate) site visits

•  Annual General Meeting

•  Review of health and safety

•  Review of operational 
efficiency programme

•  Briefing on proposed changes to 

UK corporate governance 

•  Review of anti-slavery procedures

2016

November 2016

February 2017

•  Approval of 2016 year-end results

•  Housebuilding site visits

•  Succession planning

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017www.countryside-properties.com

51

Major shareholders 
as at 15 November 2017

1. Oaktree Capital Management Private Equity 

23.0%

2. Woodford Investment Management Ltd. 

11.8%

3. Standard Life Aberdeen  

4. Aviva Investors Global Services Ltd. 

5. Ruffer LLP  

9.6%

8.6%

5.4%

March 2017

•  Review of Market, Product and 

Group strategy

June 2017

September 2017

•  Housebuilding site visits

•  Partnerships North site visits

•  Review of investor 
roadshow feedback

•  Approval of 2018 Budget

•  Approval of Principal Risks

•  Approval of insurance 
renewal programme

•  Review of Board and 
Committee evaluation

May 2017

•  Partnerships South site visits

•  Review of five-year forecast

•  Approval of 2017 Interim results

July 2017

•  Review of cyber risk 
mitigation measures

•  Risk review

•  Review of fire control materials 

and procedures

•  Corporate governance review

2017

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportReport of the Audit Committee

52

Dear Shareholders,
During the year, the Committee continued 
in its oversight role on behalf of the Board, 
protecting the interests of shareholders by 
monitoring the Group’s internal control 
framework, financial management and the 
integrity of published financial information 
as well as the effectiveness of the internal 
and external audit processes.

To ensure that the Group received the best 
support in managing its risk framework, it 
was decided to undertake an external tender 
process for the Group’s internal audit services. 
The Audit Committee reviewed high-quality 
proposals from KPMG and Mazars, and 
considered the alternative of bringing the 
Internal Audit function in house, deciding 
ultimately to recommend the appointment 
of KPMG from 1 October 2017. This decision 
was subsequently approved by the Board.

The Committee determined the scope of 
internal audit activity for the 2017 financial 
year and reviewed the findings of audits 
performed during the year. 

The Committee also ensured that 
recommendations for internal control 
improvements were being implemented by 
management on a timely basis. The Committee 
continued to monitor the integrity of the 
Group’s financial statements, including the 
key judgements and estimates applied by 
management, and scrutinised the scope, 
performance and effectiveness of the external 
audit process. Particular areas of focus were 
the Group’s taxation strategy (ahead of 
its publication on the Group’s website in 
September 2017), profit recognition, carrying 
value of inventory and shared equity loans, 
Viability Statement testing and presentation 
of non-underlying items.

As well as the activities described above, 
the Committee is provided with a number 
of complementary reports by management 
and the internal and external auditors. 
The Committee has regularly met both 
the internal and external auditors without 
management being present and I have discussed 
various matters with the Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Company Secretary in relation 
to issues relevant to the Committee’s work.

Richard Adam
Chairman of the Audit Committee
21 November 2017

Composition 
During 2017, the composition of the Audit 
Committee complied with the Code and 
comprised three Independent Non-Executive 
Directors: Richard Adam, Amanda Burton and 
Sally Morgan. The Board considers Richard Adam, 
the Chairman, to have recent and relevant financial 
experience working with financial and accounting 
matters. The Audit Committee maintains a 
formal agenda for each year to ensure compliance 
with the requirements of the Code, and met 
four times during the year. 

Details of attendance at the Audit Committee 
meetings during the 2017 financial year are set 
out on page 53.

Internal controls
The Board, assisted by the Audit Committee, 
is responsible for regularly reviewing the 
operation and effectiveness of the Group’s 
internal controls. The internal control system is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk 
of failure to achieve business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance 
against material errors, losses or fraud. The Board 
is also responsible for ensuring that appropriate 
systems are in place to enable it to identify, 
assess and manage key risks. 

The financial reporting process and control 
system (which includes the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements) is monitored 
and maintained through the use of internal control 
frameworks which address key financial reporting 
risks, including risks arising from changes in the 
business or accounting standards. Effectiveness 
is assessed through self-certification and 
independent testing of the controls. 

Whistleblowing
The Group’s whistleblowing policy is supported 
by an external helpline. All cases of whistleblowing 
are investigated by the Company Secretary and 
the results of any investigations are reported 
to the Audit Committee. The Committee is 
satisfied that the policy and its administration 
remain effective.

Risk management
The successful management of risk is critical 
to achieving Countryside’s strategic objectives. 
The Board has delegated responsibility for 
reviewing and maintaining effective risk 
management systems and internal controls to 
the Audit Committee. Day-to-day management 
of the Group’s risk management framework is 
conducted by the Risk Management Committee. 
Its membership and role are detailed on page 47.

Committee Chairman
Richard Adam

Other members
Amanda Burton
Sally Morgan

Meetings held
4

Role and responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee
•  Monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s financial statements 
and formal announcements

•  Reviewing significant accounting and 

reporting judgements

•  Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal audit function

•  Making recommendations in relation to 
the appointment, re-appointment and 
removal of the external auditor 

•  Monitoring auditor independence

•  Developing and implementing policy 

on non-audit services provided by the 
external auditor

•  Reviewing the Group’s risk management 
framework and key internal controls

•  Reviewing the Group’s procedures for 
detecting and preventing fraud, bribery 
and the governance of anti-money 
laundering systems and controls

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference 
are located on Countryside’s website at:  
investors.countryside-properties.com/
corporate-governance.

Areas of focus in 2017
•  Reviewing the key judgements and 

estimates relating to the Group’s interim 
and full-year results

•  Considering the presentation of 

non-underlying items

•  Reviewing the forecasts and sensitivity 

analyses underlying the Group’s 
Viability Statement

•  Considering applicable taxation and 

accounting matters

•  Leading the tender process for the provision 
of internal audit services, with the selection 
of KPMG endorsed by the Board on 
16 October 2017

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201753

The Board reviews the Group risk register annually, 
with the last review occurring on 16 October 2017. 
In managing risk we analyse the nature and extent 
of risks and consider their likelihood and impact, 
both on an inherent and a residual basis, after 
taking account of mitigating controls. This allows 
us to determine how we should manage each 
risk in order to achieve our strategic objectives. 

At the quarterly meetings of the Risk Management 
Committee, management discusses the key risks 
along with the mitigating action plans. Following 
sign off by the Executive Committee, the output 
of this review is presented to the Audit Committee. 
The Group’s key risk management procedures 
have been in place throughout 2017 and up to 
the date of approval of this Annual Report.

Overview of risk 
management process
Internal control 
The Group’s key internal control procedures 
include the following:

•  review of the Group’s strategy and the 
performance of principal subsidiaries, 
through a comprehensive system of 
reporting based on variances to annual 
budgets, key performance indicators 
and regular forecasting;

•  a quarterly business review for each business 
division. This covers financial performance, a 
detailed range of strategic risks, 
opportunities and KPI metrics which 
measure the overall performance of the 
business sector. This process also identifies 
the key operational issues and actions 
required to address any deficiencies;

•  well defined Group policies and processes, 
communicated through the Group Financial 
Reporting Procedures Manual and the intranet, 
and a defined process governing the approval 
of sales opportunities and capital expenditure;

•  a defined organisational structure with 

appropriate delegation of authority across 
all levels of the organisation;

•  formal authorisation procedures for 

all investments with clear guidelines on 
appraisal techniques and success criteria; and

•  formal authorisation procedures for all 
significant sales opportunities and bid 
management, with clear guidelines on 
success criteria and contracting practices.

The Audit Committee has, on behalf of the 
Board, conducted an annual review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
systems for 2017 and the period prior to 
approval of this Annual Report. 

The Audit Committee Chairman reported its 
findings to the Board at the 20 November 
2017 Board meeting. It considered all material 
controls in accordance with the Turnbull 
guidance. Following this review no significant 
weaknesses or failings were identified and noted 
improvement areas are being addressed by 
management. The internal control environment 
will continue to be monitored and reviewed 
by the Board and the Audit Committee.

Fair, balanced and understandable
At the request of the Board, the Audit Committee 
considered whether the 2017 Annual Report 
was fair, balanced and understandable and whether 
it provided the necessary information for the 
shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy. The Audit Committee 
took into account its own knowledge of the 
Group, its strategy and performance in the 
year and comprehensive reviews undertaken at 
different levels in the Group to ensure consistency 
and overall balance. A similar detailed review 
undertaken by senior management and the 
results of the external audit were also taken 
into account by the Audit Committee. 

Prior to the publication of both the interim 
and full-year results for the Group, the Audit 
Committee undertook a detailed assessment 
of the appropriateness of the adoption by 
the Group of the going concern basis in 
the preparation of the financial statements. 
For further information in respect of going 
concern, please refer to the Directors’ Report 
on pages 74 to 76.

Shortly before publication of the full-year financial 
results for 2017, the Audit Committee undertook 
a detailed assessment of the Viability Statement 
and recommended to the Board that the 
Directors can believe that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the three-year period of their 
assessment. For the detailed Viability Statement, 
please refer to our risk section on page 37 of 
the Strategic Report.

Internal Audit
The work performed by Deloitte, which 
performed Internal Audit services throughout 
the year, focused on areas of greatest risk to the 
Group, including those matters identified 
through the risk management framework and 
any significant change projects occurring within 
the business. 

The objective of Internal Audit is to provide 
independent assurance to the Audit Committee 
over the financial, operational and compliance 
controls and to assist the Audit Committee in 
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal 
controls. Internal Audit reports directly to the 

Group Chief Financial Officer, but has the right 
to report to the Audit Committee Chairman 
independently of the Executive Directors. 
All significant Internal Audit reports are reviewed 
by the Executive Committee and the Audit 
Committee and all reports are made available 
to the external auditor. During the year the 
Audit Committee approved the internal audit 
plan, reviewed the findings from audits and 
monitored the follow-up of actions identified 
in audits.

Oversight of the external audit
Following a tender for external audit and audit-related 
services in 2016, the Audit Committee and 
Board selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(“PwC”). PwC’s appointment was approved 
by shareholders at the 2017 AGM. The 
Committee’s oversight of the external auditor 
includes reviewing and approving the annual 
audit plan. In reviewing the plan, the Committee 
discusses and challenges the auditor’s assessment 
of materiality and financial reporting risk areas 
most likely to give rise to material error.

PwC reported to the Board and confirmed its 
independence in accordance with ethical standards 
and that it had maintained appropriate internal 
safeguards to ensure its independence 
and objectivity.

The Committee considered the findings of 
the FRC’s Audit Quality Review (“AQR”) team’s 
report into the conduct of PwC audits generally. 
In addition, the AQR team selected to review 
the audit of the Group’s 2016 financial statements 
as part of its annual inspection of audit firms. 
The chairman of the Committee received a copy 
of the findings of the AQR team and has discussed 
this with PwC. Whilst there were no significant 
findings, some areas of PwC’s audit procedures 
were identified as requiring improvement and 
we are satisfied with the responses implemented 
by PwC in the audit of the Group’s 2017 financial 
statements. None of the findings related to the 
Group’s accounting policies.

Committee attendance
The number of Audit Committee meetings 
attended by each member during the 2017 
financial year is as follows:

Audit
Committee

Overall
attendance

Number of 
meetings held

Richard Adam

Amanda Burton

Sally Morgan

4

4/4

4/4

4/4

100%

100%

100%

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportReport of the Audit Committee continued

54

Non-audit services policy 
The total of non-audit fees paid to PwC during 
the year is set out in the table opposite. In order 
to maintain its independence and objectivity, 
PwC undertook its standard independence 
procedures in relation to each of these assignments. 
The Audit Committee has received a report at 
each meeting describing the extent of such 
services provided by PwC.

The award of non-audit services to the Company’s 
external auditor is subject to controls agreed 
by the Audit Committee to monitor and maintain 
the objectivity and independence of the external 
auditor. In order to comply with the Ethical 
Standard for Auditors, the Audit Committee 
considered, and re-approved, the Group’s policy 
for auditor independence and the provision 
of non-audit services at its meeting on 
3 October 2017. 

The policy provides details of permitted, prohibited 
and audit-related services in accordance with 
the Ethical Standard. Services including, inter 
alia, those relating to taxation, internal audit, 
the design or implementation of internal controls 
and HR services are prohibited. Authority to 
approve permitted non-audit services has been 
delegated to the Group Chief Financial Officer 
where the services are considered to be clearly 
trivial, defined as those with a fee of less than 
£50,000. Where the services are not clearly 
trivial, or where the cumulative fee in the financial 
year exceeds £100,000, pre-approval is required 
from the Audit Committee. Further Audit 
Committee approval is required when non-audit 
fees reach 70 per cent of the average audit fees 
over the last three years, although this cap will 
not formally apply to the Group until the 
financial year beginning on 1 October 2019. 

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor as 
detailed below:

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for the audit of parent 
and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services: 

–  Audit of subsidiary companies

– Audit of joint ventures

– Audit-related services

–  Other advisory services

–  Audit-related assurance and transaction services in relation to the IPO

2017
£m

2016 
£m

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

—

—

0.4

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

1.3

1.8

I NF OR MAT IO N   
SEC UR I TY  R E VI EW

“ENSURING THAT THE GROUP’S 
INFORMATION IS SECURE AND 
MANAGED CORRECTLY HAS BEEN 
A KEY FOCUS IN 2017.”

As part of Countryside’s review of risk 
management, a thorough information security 
review was conducted between 28 June and 
13 July 2017. Overseen by the Group’s IT 
Management Committee, the project was 
led by the Group IT Director, with the 
support of our security partners, Saepio 
and Pen Test Partners.

The review consisted of an internal and 
external penetration test followed by an 
ISO 27001 audit.

A presentation of the results was made to 
the Board on 27 July 2017 and a detailed 
roadmap of improvements is being put in 
place with the support of our security 
partners and the Board.

An internal audit by Deloitte, to confirm the 
Group’s assessment of cyber risk readiness, 
was carried out in October with the results 
reviewed by the Executive Committee and 
the Audit Committee during November 2017.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201755

Annual evaluation of Audit Committee performance
As part of the overall Board evaluation process, the Audit Committee reviewed its effectiveness during 2017. This evaluation considered areas such as 
its composition, its effectiveness in reviewing the work of the internal and external auditors and the Group’s internal control systems, the quality of 
reporting and the management of risk. No significant issues were raised and the Audit Committee concluded that it continues to operate effectively.

Areas of significant judgement considered by the Audit Committee in 2017

The Audit Committee considered the following matters in respect of the Group’s financial statements, based upon its interaction with both management 
and the external auditor during the year.

Significant matters considered

Our response to these matters

Estimation of site profitability
As disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements, gross profit is recognised as 
homes are sold based on a profit margin for the development taken as a whole. 
Calculating this margin includes forecasting revenue and costs for the development 
as well as allocating land and infrastructure costs on a pro-rata basis.

The Audit Committee has reviewed and approved the Group’s 
accounting policy in relation to profit recognition.

The external auditor regularly examines the allocation of revenue 
and costs as a routine part of the external audit and no significant 
issues have been identified in this regard.

Profit recognition in relation to commercial land transactions can be subjective 
and dependent on contractual terms.

The accuracy of allocation is monitored at Board level via the monthly 
management accounts and quarterly forecasts, with any judgements being 
discussed with the Audit Committee.

Carrying value of inventory
Inventory is material to the Group’s balance sheet and there is a risk that the 
carrying value will exceed its net realisable value, particularly in challenging 
market conditions.

Management regularly reviews the carrying value of all sites under development 
and other inventory such as undeveloped land. These reviews have regard 
to the latest cash flow forecasts for the relevant development or land parcel 
and comparable market valuations for land where applicable.

Carrying value of shared equity loans
The Group’s shared equity loan portfolio is held at fair value as an available-for-sale 
financial asset. The fair value is calculated using a discounted cash flow forecast 
based on likely future redemptions and defaults, taking into account future 
house price inflation and discounted using an interest rate equivalent to a 
second charge mortgage.

Management reviews the carrying value regularly and takes into account third 
party evidence where available.

Viability Statement testing
The Viability Statement testing performed by management was based on the 
latest available three-year forecast. To ensure that the financial position of the 
Group was robust, downside sensitivity testing was performed by applying 
a range of overlays including reduced sales rates and average selling prices, 
a reduction in land sales and reduced affordable housing sales. We also 
included operational inefficiency downsides including delays to the delivery 
of key sites and enhanced cost inflation.

Each of the above assumptions was based on management’s assumption 
of a reasonable downside outcome.

The Audit Committee considered management’s review of the 
carrying value of inventory and the appropriateness of the level 
of provisions held.

The external auditor reported on this matter to the Audit 
Committee at the half-year review and again for the final audit.

The Audit Committee was satisfied that the carrying value 
of inventory is appropriate.

The Audit Committee reviewed the fair value methodology and the 
assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the shared equity 
portfolio and has agreed that the carrying value is appropriate.

The valuation methodology has also been audited by the external auditor.

The Audit Committee reviewed the assumptions applied by 
management in arriving at the conclusion on the Group’s viability 
and agreed that they were reasonable.

Presentation of non-underlying items
During the year, the Group presented certain restructuring costs and the 
impact of a change in the discount rate applied to deferred land and overage 
payments as non-underlying items and excluded them from adjusted 
profit measures.

Having discussed the presentation of these items outside adjusted 
profit with the external auditor, the Committee accepted 
management’s view that the costs presented as non-underlying items 
were non-recurring in nature and that it was appropriate to present 
them outside adjusted profit.

The Committee expects that the presentation of items outside 
adjusted profit will be infrequent.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportReport of the Nomination Committee

56

Committee Chairman
David Howell

Other members
Amanda Burton
Sally Morgan
Federico Canciani
Richard Adam

Meetings held
2

Role and responsibilities of the 
Nomination Committee
•  Determining the structure, size and 

composition of the Board

•  Making recommendations in relation  

to the re-election of Directors retiring 
by rotation

•  Conducting performance evaluations 

of Directors

The Nomination Committee’s terms of 
reference are located on Countryside’s 
website at: 
investors.countryside-properties.com/
corporate-governance.

Areas of focus in 2017
•  Reviewing the balance of skills, knowledge 
and diversity of experience of the Board, 
in light of the resignation of James Van 
Steenkiste on 5 June 2017

•  Ensuring that plans are in place for 

orderly succession for appointments to 
the Board and senior management, to 
retain an appropriate balance of skills and 
experience within Countryside and on 
the Board 

•  Leading the process for the replacement 

of Richard Adam

•  Oversight of changes to the Executive 

Committee during 2017

Dear Shareholders,
The report below describes the main 
responsibilities of the Nomination Committee 
and how it achieved these in 2017. I would 
like to draw your attention to what we achieved 
in 2017 and what we will focus on in 2018. 

The Board is responsible for succession generally, 
but the Nomination Committee will advise 
the Board on appropriate succession planning 
in the year ahead. The Nomination Committee 
reviewed the composition of the Board in 
light of James Van Steenkiste’s resignation on 
5 June 2017. They concluded that the Board 
retained an appropriate mix of experience 
and skills and that no additional appointments 
were necessary. From 5 June 2017, the Board 
and its Committees have been compliant with 
the Code. The Nomination Committee will also 
lead the search for a replacement for Richard 
Adam. The process commenced on 
2 October 2017.  

Review of Board composition
The Nomination Committee leads the process 
for all Board appointments and is responsible 
for reviewing candidates and making a final 
recommendation to the Board, in compliance 
with the Code. The Nomination Committee 
also reviews the structure, size and membership 
of the Board itself, as well as Board Committees 
from time to time, to ensure an appropriate 
mix of experience and skill, and orderly succession 
as required. During 2017, the composition of 
the Nomination Committee complied with the 
Code, comprising a majority of independent 
Non-Executive Directors.

The Nomination Committee recognises that 
diversity, in all its dimensions, across an organisation, 
including at Board level, is important to support 
innovation, strategic development and operational 
efficiency. The Nomination Committee 
will consider candidates for appointment as 
Non-Executive Directors from a wider pool, 
including those with limited (or no) listed 
company experience. It is not the Board’s 
policy to have specific voluntary targets, but it 
will continue to recruit Board members based 
on skills and experience, having regard to the 
requirements of the Code in respect of diversity, 
including gender. 

The Nomination Committee meets at least 
once a year. During 2017 it met twice, to agree 
a succession plan strategy for the Directors, to 
agree changes to the membership, composition 
and responsibilities of the Executive Committee 
and to review the findings of the 2017 Board 
and Committee evaluation. 

During 2017, a number of important changes 
have been made to the membership and 
responsibilities of the Executive Committee, 
full details of which can be found on page 44 
of the report. The Nomination Committee 
has overseen the changes made and reviewed 
the long-term succession planning for the 
members of the Executive Committee and 
key managerial promotions during the year.

I am pleased to report that the feedback from 
the Board effectiveness evaluation process (which 
you can read about on page 48) provided 
confirmation that the Board, and the Board 
Committees, continues to operate effectively. 

David Howell
Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee
21 November 2017

While no new appointments were made in the 
financial year to 30 September 2017, there is 
a rigorous and transparent procedure for 
appointments to the Board and its Committees, 
involving undertaking an assessment of the skills 
and capabilities required, drafting a description 
of the role, and carrying out an assessment of 
potential candidates, before making a 
recommendation to the Board.

Annual evaluation of Nomination 
Committee performance
As part of the overall Board evaluation process, 
the Nomination Committee reviewed its 
effectiveness during 2017. This evaluation 
considered areas such as adherence to its terms 
of reference and whether it was operating 
effectively to keep under review the leadership 
needs of the Company. No significant issues 
were raised and the Nomination Committee 
concluded that it continues to operate effectively.

Details of the Nomination Committee’s meetings 
during the 2017 financial year are set out below.

Committee attendance
The number of Nomination Committee 
meetings attended by each member during 
the 2017 financial year is as follows:

Nomination
Committee

Overall
attendance

Number of 
meetings held

David Howell

Richard Adam

Amanda Burton

Federico Canciani

Sally Morgan

2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Directors’ remuneration report

57

Committee Chairman
Amanda Burton

Other members
David Howell
Sally Morgan
Richard Adam

Meetings held
4

Role and responsibilities of the 
Remuneration Committee
•  Recommending to the Board 
the Company’s policy on 
executive remuneration

•  Setting overarching principles and 

parameters and the governance framework 
of the Group’s remuneration policy

•  Determining the individual remuneration 
and benefits package of each of the 
Company’s Executive Directors

The Remuneration Committee’s terms 
of reference are located on Countryside’s 
website at:  
investors.countryside-properties.com/
corporate-governance.

Areas of focus in 2017
•  Benchmarking of senior management 

remuneration

•  Consideration and approval of grants 

under the 2016 LTIP and 2016 SAYE plan

•  Determination of LTIP recipients, grant 

level and targets

•  Determination of bonus targets and awards

•  Determination of annual salary increases 

for the Group

•  Consideration of structures and measures 

for the 2017 annual bonus

Dear Shareholders,
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report of the 
Remuneration Committee the (“Committee”). 
We sought approval for our remuneration 
policy at the 2017 AGM and were pleased to 
receive more than 99 per cent of votes in 
favour of both the binding remuneration 
policy vote and the advisory Remuneration 
Report vote. On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee, I would like to thank shareholders 

for their support. Since no changes are 
proposed to the remuneration policy this 
year, there will be only a single advisory vote on 
this statement and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at the Annual General Meeting 
in January 2018.

Amanda Burton
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee
21 November 2017

The work of the Remuneration Committee
During Countryside’s first full financial year as a listed company, the Committee undertook a review 
of senior manager remuneration to ensure the Group could continue to attract and retain suitable 
talent. The review concluded that senior manager remuneration was set at a competitive level. The 
Committee also approved grants under the Group’s share plans, including a discount to market 
value again applied to the SAYE plan.

During 2018, the Committee will undertake a benchmarking exercise on Executive Director remuneration 
as it will be three years since formal benchmarking was carried out, a review of benefits for all 
employees and a review of the Group’s gender pay reporting.

How did we perform in 2016/17?

Committee attendance
The number of Remuneration Committee meetings attended by each member during the 2017 
financial year is as follows:

Remuneration
Committee

Overall
attendance

Number of meetings held

Amanda Burton

David Howell

Sally Morgan

Richard Adam

4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Group delivered another year of strong growth in both divisions with total completions up 
28 per cent to 3,389 as our Partnerships business continued to deliver on its new business delivery 
and we achieved scale in Housebuilding. This enabled us to deliver a 34 per cent growth in adjusted 
operating profit to £164.1m and ROCE up 370bps to 30.5 per cent.

As highlighted above, 2017 was a year of continued growth building on a strong prior year. 
The annual bonus in 2017 was measured against stretching targets, with performance against them 
detailed below:

Annual bonus Adjusted operating profit 

Adjusted operating margin

Group return on capital employed

Personal performance

2017 pay-out

2016 pay-out

60%

—

20%

20%

60%

20%

—

20%

The Committee believes the bonus outcome is fully warranted and reflects the strong performance 
of the Group. Full details of the targets and performance against them are provided in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration (see pages 67 and 68).

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) awards were granted in December 2016, subject to performance 
against stretching targets, being relative total shareholder return (“TSR”), ROCE and TNAV.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

58

How much were the Executive Directors paid in 2017?

Ian Sutcliffe 
£’000

Rebecca Worthington 
£’000

Salary 
515

Benefits 
17

Pension 
113

Annual bonus 
773

Salary 
309

Benefits 
18

Pension 
54

Annual bonus 
464

2017

2016

Total 
1,418

Total 
1,415

2017

2016

Total 
845

Total 
821

Salary 
488

Benefits 
17

Pension 
179

Annual bonus 
731

Salary 
300

Benefits 
18

Pension 
53

Annual bonus 
450

Fixed pay

Performance-related pay

Salary

Benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

Remuneration policy for 2018

Summary of remuneration policy

Element

Base salary

Pension

Policy summary

Base salaries will be set based on the market value of the role and the experience and performance of the individual.

The Company will provide either contributions to the Group’s defined contribution pension scheme or a pension 
salary supplement. Where a salary supplement is chosen, a deduction is made for employer’s National Insurance contributions.

Annual bonus

A maximum award of 150 per cent of salary.

The annual bonus is paid annually and is dependent on achievement of financial and other strategic performance 
metrics over the financial year.

Two-thirds of amounts earned are paid in cash, with one-third deferred as shares for a period of three years.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
(“LTIP”)

A maximum award of 200 per cent of salary.

LTIP awards will vest subject to stretching targets which may include relative TSR, ROCE and TNAV.

The Committee has discretion to introduce a post-vest holding period and reviews this prior to each year’s award.

The Committee reviewed the salaries of the Executive Directors in September 2017 and awarded salary increases of three per cent with effect from 
1 October 2017, in line with the wider employee base. In addition, Executive Directors will be awarded the maximum bonus opportunity of 150 per cent 
and LTIP of 200 per cent of base salary.

The structure of the annual bonus and LTIP will remain unchanged in 2018, save for the replacement of the personal objective component, which will 
be replaced by Group adjusted operating margin. The annual bonus targets will therefore be based on Group adjusted operating profit, Group adjusted 
operating margin and Group return on capital employed. In line with the overall discretion of the Remuneration Committee to determine the size of any 
bonus payment, as described on page 62, the Committee will take into account the overall performance of an Executive Director against the in-year and 
longer-term strategic goals of the Group when determining bonus awards. LTIP targets will continue to be based on ROCE, TNAV and relative total 
shareholder return.

Conclusion 
The Committee recognises the importance of developing a close relationship with shareholders in facilitating the work of the Committee in developing 
the remuneration policy. We were extremely pleased with the levels of support received for our policy and Annual Report on Remuneration at the 
Company’s first AGM following its IPO. We will continue to ensure that our remuneration policy is both aligned with shareholders’ interests, and 
attracts and retains executives of the required calibre to ensure the Company’s continued success. On behalf of the Committee, I welcome your 
feedback and ask for your support at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Amanda Burton
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
21 November 2017

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Remuneration policy report

59

Summary of remuneration for 2017 – 
alignment between performance and pay
In 2017, the meetings of the Committee covered the following key areas: 

•  benchmarking of senior manager remuneration;

•  consideration and approval of grants under the 2016 LTIP and 

2016 SAYE plan;

•  determination of LTIP recipients, grant level and targets;

•  determination of bonus targets and awards;

•  determination of annual salary increases for the Group; and

•  consideration of structures and measures for the 2017 annual bonus.

The full Directors’ remuneration policy, approved for three years from 
the 2017 AGM held on 26 January 2017, is shown on pages 60 to 62 for 
ease of reference. No changes have been made to the wording of the 
policy other than to reflect the passage of time or to take account of the 
fact that the policy is now approved and enacted rather than proposed.

Overview of remuneration policy
The Company’s remuneration policy was reviewed fully prior to listing, 
in accordance with current regulation and guidance, in order to ensure 
the remuneration policy in place was appropriate for a listed company.

The Company’s aim is to attract, retain and motivate the best talent 
to help drive continued growth and success as it enters the next stage 
of its development operating as a listed company.

Our remuneration policy aims to align the interests of the Executive Directors, 
senior executives and employees with the long-term interests of shareholders. 
It aims to support a high performance culture with appropriate reward 
for superior performance without creating incentives that will encourage 
excessive risk taking or unsustainable Company performance.

Overall remuneration levels have been set at levels that are considered by 
the Committee to be appropriate for the size and nature of the business. 
All variable pay awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions in 
accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportMaximum opportunity

Performance measures and assessment

a change of role or responsibility, any increases will normally 

be only for inflation and/or in line with the wider workforce.

Benefit values vary year on year depending on premiums and the 

Not applicable.

maximum potential value is the cost of the provision of 

these benefits.

Remuneration policy report continued

60

Directors’ remuneration policy
The following table summarises the key components of the Executive Director and Non-Executive Director remuneration arrangements, which 
formed part of the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the first AGM of the Company following admission in accordance with the 
regulations set out in the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. It is intended that 
this policy will apply for three years from that date.

Executive Directors

Objective

Link to strategy

Operation

Base salary

Recognises the market value of an 
Executive Director’s role, skill, 
responsibilities, performance 
and experience.

Salaries are normally reviewed annually, with any changes effective as of 1 October each year.

There is no formal maximum salary. Other than where there is 

Not applicable.

Current salaries, effective from 1 October 2017, are as follows:

Group Chief Executive: £530,000

Group Chief Financial Officer: £318,000

Salaries are set by reference to a market benchmark based on companies of a comparable size 
operating in a similar sector. Salary reviews will also take into consideration an individual’s 
performance, responsibility levels and internal relativities.

Other 
benefits

Provides a market-competitive package.

Reviewed periodically to ensure benefits remain market competitive.

The main benefits currently provided include:

 – car or cash allowance;

 – life, personal accident, disability and health insurance;

 – Directors’ and officers’ insurance; and

 – other benefits, including flexible benefits, as provided from time to time, for example 

where a Director relocates.

Executive Directors are eligible for other benefits which are introduced for the wider 
workforce on broadly similar terms.

In addition, the Executive Directors can claim reasonable business expenses and any tax 
thereon may be reimbursed by the Company.

Annual bonus 
scheme

Incentivises the Executive Directors to 
deliver against goals linked to the 
Company’s strategy.

Long-term alignment with shareholder 
interests is ensured through the 
deferral element.

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (“LTIP”)

Incentivises the Executive Directors to 
successfully deliver the Company’s 
objectives over the longer term and 
to create alignment with investors over 
this period.

Bonus awards may be granted annually.

Maximum opportunity: 150 per cent of salary.

Performance targets will be set by the Committee annually based on a range of 

The performance period is one financial year with pay-outs determined by the Committee 
following the year end, based on achievement against a range of performance targets.

In line with the overall discretion of the Remuneration Committee to determine the size of 
any bonus payment, as described on page 62, the Committee will take into account the overall 
performance of an Executive Director against the in-year and longer-term strategic goals 
of the Group when determining bonus awards. 

Up to two-thirds of the bonus award will be paid out in cash with the remainder deferred 
into shares for a period of three years (subject to continued employment). 

Malus and clawback arrangements will apply to annual bonus awards enabling the reduction in 
vesting or recovery of amounts paid in certain circumstances.

Awards of shares that vest three years from the date of grant subject to achievement 
against performance measures, measured over a three-year period. Awards are subject 
to malus and clawback provisions enabling the reduction in vesting or recovery of amounts 
paid in certain circumstances.

The Committee retains the flexibility to incorporate a two-year post-vest holding period as 
part of the LTIP in which Executive Directors will not be permitted to sell vested shares. This 
would take the total period from grant to release of LTIP shares to five years. 

Participants may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents 

on the deferred shares representing the value of dividends paid 

during the deferral period.

financial and strategic measures selected to reflect the in-year goals of the business and 

its longer-term strategy and KPIs. At least 50 per cent of the bonus will be based on 

financial measures in any year.

Targets are normally set on a sliding scale, with no more than 25 per cent of the 

maximum typically payable at threshold performance and 50 per cent of the maximum 

typically payable for on-target performance.

The maximum LTIP award level is 200 per cent of base salary. 

LTIP performance will be assessed against a mix of metrics that will include a balance 

Participants may at the Committee’s discretion receive dividends 

or dividend equivalents representing the value of dividends paid 

financial year these are:

between financial and shareholder metrics. For the awards to be granted in the 2018 

during the performance period on LTIP awards.

 – relative TSR measured against a broad-based comparator group;

 – TNAV; and

 – ROCE.

Targets are set on a sliding scale with no more than 25 per cent of each element 

vesting at threshold performance. The Committee will review and set weightings for 

measures and appropriate targets before each grant. 

The Committee may change the balance of the measures, or use different measures 

for subsequent awards as appropriate.

Pension

Aids retention and to provide 
competitive levels of retirement benefit.

Pension contributions are made into the Group’s defined contribution scheme.

The maximum contribution or equivalent allowance of up to 

Not applicable.

Alternatively, a participant may receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension (typically in the 
scenario where they have reached the lifetime allowance for pension tax relief set by HMRC). 
The cash allowance is paid net of employer’s National Insurance contributions.

25 per cent of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and 

17.5 per cent for the Group Chief Financial Officer.

Save As You 
Earn (“SAYE”) 
plan

Encourages all employees to become 
shareholders in the Company and 
thereby align their interests 
with shareholders.

Executive Directors are able to participate in HMRC-approved savings-based share plans 
available to all employees of the Company.

Executive Directors will be eligible to participate in any all-employee share plan operated 
by the Company on the same terms as other eligible employees.

Shareholding 
guidelines

Aligns Executive Directors’ interests 
with those of our long-term shareholders 
and other stakeholders.

Executive Directors are expected to build a holding in the Company’s shares to a minimum 
value of two times their base salary.

Maximum participation levels will be set based on the applicable 

Not applicable.

limits set by HMRC from time to time.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017The details of the Group’s Executive Director and Non-Executive Director remuneration for the financial year, including the operation of the Group’s 
incentive plans and payments made under them, will be set out each year in an Annual Report on Remuneration contained in the Group’s Annual 
Report, as required by the Regulations.

The table below sets out the key elements of the policy for Executive Directors, including the rationale for their use and details of their operation:

61

Objective

Link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures and assessment

Base salary

Recognises the market value of an 

Salaries are normally reviewed annually, with any changes effective as of 1 October each year.

Executive Director’s role, skill, 

responsibilities, performance 

and experience.

Current salaries, effective from 1 October 2017, are as follows:

Group Chief Executive: £530,000

Group Chief Financial Officer: £318,000

Salaries are set by reference to a market benchmark based on companies of a comparable size 

operating in a similar sector. Salary reviews will also take into consideration an individual’s 

performance, responsibility levels and internal relativities.

Other 

benefits

Provides a market-competitive package.

Reviewed periodically to ensure benefits remain market competitive.

There is no formal maximum salary. Other than where there is 
a change of role or responsibility, any increases will normally 
be only for inflation and/or in line with the wider workforce.

Not applicable.

Benefit values vary year on year depending on premiums and the 
maximum potential value is the cost of the provision of 
these benefits.

Not applicable.

Maximum opportunity: 150 per cent of salary.

Participants may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents 
on the deferred shares representing the value of dividends paid 
during the deferral period.

Performance targets will be set by the Committee annually based on a range of 
financial and strategic measures selected to reflect the in-year goals of the business and 
its longer-term strategy and KPIs. At least 50 per cent of the bonus will be based on 
financial measures in any year.

Targets are normally set on a sliding scale, with no more than 25 per cent of the 
maximum typically payable at threshold performance and 50 per cent of the maximum 
typically payable for on-target performance.

The maximum LTIP award level is 200 per cent of base salary. 

Participants may at the Committee’s discretion receive dividends 
or dividend equivalents representing the value of dividends paid 
during the performance period on LTIP awards.

LTIP performance will be assessed against a mix of metrics that will include a balance 
between financial and shareholder metrics. For the awards to be granted in the 2018 
financial year these are:

 – relative TSR measured against a broad-based comparator group;

 – TNAV; and

 – ROCE.

Targets are set on a sliding scale with no more than 25 per cent of each element 
vesting at threshold performance. The Committee will review and set weightings for 
measures and appropriate targets before each grant. 

The Committee may change the balance of the measures, or use different measures 
for subsequent awards as appropriate.

Pension

Aids retention and to provide 

Pension contributions are made into the Group’s defined contribution scheme.

competitive levels of retirement benefit.

Alternatively, a participant may receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension (typically in the 

scenario where they have reached the lifetime allowance for pension tax relief set by HMRC). 

The cash allowance is paid net of employer’s National Insurance contributions.

Save As You 

Encourages all employees to become 

Earn (“SAYE”) 

shareholders in the Company and 

plan

thereby align their interests 

with shareholders.

Executive Directors are able to participate in HMRC-approved savings-based share plans 

available to all employees of the Company.

Executive Directors will be eligible to participate in any all-employee share plan operated 

by the Company on the same terms as other eligible employees.

The maximum contribution or equivalent allowance of up to 
25 per cent of base salary for the Group Chief Executive and 
17.5 per cent for the Group Chief Financial Officer.

Not applicable.

Maximum participation levels will be set based on the applicable 
limits set by HMRC from time to time.

Not applicable.

Shareholding 

Aligns Executive Directors’ interests 

Executive Directors are expected to build a holding in the Company’s shares to a minimum 

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

guidelines

with those of our long-term shareholders 

value of two times their base salary.

and other stakeholders.

The main benefits currently provided include:

 – car or cash allowance;

 – life, personal accident, disability and health insurance;

 – Directors’ and officers’ insurance; and

 – other benefits, including flexible benefits, as provided from time to time, for example 

where a Director relocates.

Executive Directors are eligible for other benefits which are introduced for the wider 

workforce on broadly similar terms.

In addition, the Executive Directors can claim reasonable business expenses and any tax 

thereon may be reimbursed by the Company.

Annual bonus 

Incentivises the Executive Directors to 

Bonus awards may be granted annually.

scheme

deliver against goals linked to the 

Company’s strategy.

Long-term alignment with shareholder 

interests is ensured through the 

deferral element.

The performance period is one financial year with pay-outs determined by the Committee 

following the year end, based on achievement against a range of performance targets.

In line with the overall discretion of the Remuneration Committee to determine the size of 

any bonus payment, as described on page 62, the Committee will take into account the overall 

performance of an Executive Director against the in-year and longer-term strategic goals 

of the Group when determining bonus awards. 

Up to two-thirds of the bonus award will be paid out in cash with the remainder deferred 

into shares for a period of three years (subject to continued employment). 

Malus and clawback arrangements will apply to annual bonus awards enabling the reduction in 

vesting or recovery of amounts paid in certain circumstances.

Long Term 

Incentive 

Plan (“LTIP”)

Incentivises the Executive Directors to 

Awards of shares that vest three years from the date of grant subject to achievement 

successfully deliver the Company’s 

against performance measures, measured over a three-year period. Awards are subject 

objectives over the longer term and 

to malus and clawback provisions enabling the reduction in vesting or recovery of amounts 

to create alignment with investors over 

paid in certain circumstances.

this period.

The Committee retains the flexibility to incorporate a two-year post-vest holding period as 

part of the LTIP in which Executive Directors will not be permitted to sell vested shares. This 

would take the total period from grant to release of LTIP shares to five years. 

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportRemuneration policy report continued

62

Notes to the policy table
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ remuneration policy 
at the 2017 AGM, authority was given to the Company to honour any 
commitments entered into previously with Directors.

Malus and clawback
The circumstances in which malus and clawback may apply include a 
material misstatement of the Company’s accounts, error in assessment 
of performance or calculation of the number of awards, individual gross 
misconduct or conduct resulting in reputational damage to the Group.

Performance measures and targets
The short and long-term incentive plans have a number of different financial 
performance measures aligned to the performance of the Company. Targets 
will be set with reference to prior year performance, budget and brokers’ 
forecasts (and other external market expectations). Performance targets 
will be set so as to be achievable but representing stretching performance 
for the business.

Annual bonus performance metrics are determined at the start of each 
financial year based on the key business priorities for the year ahead. 
The majority will be linked to a profit metric as this is the primary 
indicator of our sustainable growth. The target ranges for the measures 
used in the annual bonus scheme are considered to be commercially 
sensitive at the start of the financial year and prospective disclosure is not 
in the interest of shareholders. Other than in exceptional circumstances 
where elements remain commercially sensitive, actual targets, performance 
achieved and awards made will be published at the end of the performance 
periods so shareholders can fully assess the basis for any pay-outs.

LTIP metrics are determined at the time of grant with performance 
measures selected to support the Company’s long-term strategy. 

Future metrics will align our long-term goal of value creation for 
shareholders through strong underlying financial growth. It is intended 
that awards under the December 2017 grant will be made on the same 
basis as the two existing awards using TNAV, ROCE and relative TSR as 
the performance measures.

Discretion
The Remuneration Committee retains discretion over certain elements 
of the policy as set out in the report including the operation of the 
variable incentive schemes. The Committee may adjust elements of the 
plans including, but not limited to:

•  participation;

•  the timing of the grant of award and/or payment;

•  the size of an award (up to plan limits) and/or payment;

•  in exceptional circumstances, to grant and/or settle an LTIP award 

in cash; 

•  discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event 

of a change of control;

•  determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) 

for incentive plan purposes;

•  adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, 

corporate restructuring and special dividends); and

•  the ability to recognise exceptional events within existing 

performance conditions.

Should any such discretion be exercised, an explanation would be provided 
in the following Annual Report on Remuneration and may be subject to 
shareholder consultation as appropriate.

Non-Executive Director remuneration policy
The Board as a whole is responsible for setting the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, other than the Chairman, whose remuneration is 
determined by the Committee and recommended to the Board. The table below sets out the key elements of the policy for Non-Executive Directors:

Objective

Link to strategy

Operation

Maximum potential value

Fees

Core element of remuneration, 
set at a level sufficient to attract 
and retain individuals with 
appropriate knowledge and 
experience in organisations of 
broadly similar size and 
complexity.

Fee levels are sufficient to attract 
individuals with appropriate 
knowledge and experience.

Non-Executive Directors are paid a 
base fee and additional fees for 
chairmanship of Committees and 
the role of Senior Independent 
Director. In exceptional 
circumstances, fees may also be paid 
for additional time spent on the 
Company’s business outside of 
normal duties.

Fees are reviewed each year, with any increases normally effective 
from 1 October.

Any increases in fees will be determined based on time 
commitment and will take into consideration the level of 
responsibility and fees paid in other companies of comparable size 
and complexity, e.g. median fee levels of comparable companies 
within the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts).

Non-Executive Directors do not receive any variable remuneration 
element or receive any other benefits, other than being covered for 
disability benefits under the Company’s insurance whilst travelling 
on Company business.

The Company will pay reasonable expenses incurred by the 
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors. The Company may also 
provide limited hospitality and selected benefits and settle any tax 
thereon provided that this is in connection with the performance 
of their role.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201763

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The Committee’s approach to recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract candidates of the appropriate calibre and 
experience needed for the role. The remuneration package for any new recruit will be assessed following the same principles as for the 
Executive Directors, as set out in the remuneration policy table.

Where an existing employee is promoted to the Board, the Executive Director policy will apply. Historical entitlements will continue to be honoured 
and allowed to pay out on their original terms, and will be fully disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration at the relevant time.

The table below summarises our key policies with respect to recruitment remuneration:

Remuneration element

Recruitment policy

Base salary and benefits

Pension

Annual bonus

Long-term incentives

Share buy-outs/replacement awards

Relocation policies

The salary level will be set taking into account a number of factors, including market practice, the individual’s 
experience and responsibilities and other pay structures within Countryside and will be consistent with the salary 
policy for existing Executive Directors. Starting salaries may therefore be set below the market level and, subject 
to performance, increased by more than inflation as the employee gains experience over time.

The Executive Director will be eligible to receive benefits in line with Countryside’s benefits policy as set out in 
the remuneration policy table.

An Executive Director will be able to participate in Countryside’s defined contribution pension scheme, or receive 
cash allowance in lieu of pension benefits in line with policy for existing Executive Directors.

An Executive Director will be eligible to participate in the annual bonus scheme as set out in the remuneration 
policy table.

The maximum opportunity will be no more than 150 per cent of salary, of which up to one-third may be deferred 
in shares, as per the policy for existing Executive Directors.

Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Committee may deem it appropriate to set different annual 
bonus performance conditions for Executive Directors for the first year of appointment.

An Executive Director will be eligible to participate in Countryside’s Long Term Incentive Plan as set out 
in the remuneration policy table.

The maximum opportunity offered may be up to 200 per cent of salary, as per the policy for existing 
Executive Directors.

An LTIP award can be made shortly following an appointment (assuming the Company is not in a closed period).

The Committee’s policy is to not provide buy-outs as a matter of course. However, should the Committee believe 
it necessary to grant awards to replace awards from a previous employer, the Committee will seek to structure 
any replacement awards such that overall they are no more favourable than the awards due to be forfeited.

In determining the quantum and structure of any buy-out, the Committee will take into account the fair value and, 
as far as practicable, the timing and performance requirements of remuneration foregone.

Where possible, existing arrangements will be used, although the Committee may also make use of the flexibility 
provided by the Listing Rules to make awards without prior shareholder approval in unusual circumstances.

Should relocation of a newly recruited Executive Director be required, reasonable costs associated with this 
relocation will be met by the Company. Such relocation support could include but not be limited to payment of 
legal fees, removal costs, temporary accommodation/hotel costs, a contribution to Stamp Duty, replacement of 
non-transferable household items and related taxes incurred. In addition, and in appropriate circumstances, the 
Committee may grant additional support in relation to the payment of school fees.

The Company’s policy when setting fees for the appointment of new Non-Executive Directors is to apply the policy which applies to current 
Non-Executive Directors.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportRemuneration policy report continued

64

Service agreements and compensation for loss of office
When setting notice periods, the Committee has regard to market practice and corporate governance best practice. Our policy is that notice periods 
for Executive Directors should be no greater than 12 months. Both the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer have contracts 
with notice periods of 12 months from either side. The notice period for Non-Executive Directors is three months, save in the case of the Chairman 
whose notice period is six months.

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but are appointed under letters of appointment which provide for a review after an initial 
three-year term with the possibility of annual renewal. All service contracts and letters of appointment are available for viewing at the Company’s 
registered office and at the AGM.

When approving any termination payments for a departing Director the Committee will always seek to minimise cost to the Company whilst 
complying with the contractual terms and seeking to reflect the circumstances in place at the time. 

The Committee reserves the right to make additional payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation 
(or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination 
of an Executive Director’s office or employment and may provide assistance with outplacement costs.

The table below sets out, for each element of total remuneration, the Company’s policy on payment for loss of office in respect of Executive Directors 
and any discretion available to the Committee. Broadly, treatment will depend on the circumstances of departure and in particular whether a leaver is 
a “good leaver”. For a “good leaver” the following will normally apply:

Remuneration element

Treatment on cessation

Salary, benefits and pension

Received for the notice period or payment in lieu of notice. Statutory redundancy payments as appropriate. 

Annual bonus

No entitlement to a bonus; however, a pro-rated bonus may be paid following the end of the financial year 
in which they leave. 

Deferred bonus

Vesting of deferred bonus shares on cessation.

LTIP 

The rules of the LTIP set out the treatment of good leavers. In summary, awards will normally vest on the normal 
vesting date and be subject to pro-rating, although the Committee has discretion to allow awards to vest on 
cessation and to waive pro-rating where it feels it is appropriate to do so.

The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle compromise claims in connection with a termination of employment, where considered 
in the best interests of the Company.

Change of control
On a change of control of the Group, the following provisions will apply to Executive Directors:

Remuneration element

Treatment on change of control

Salary, benefits and pension

Received for the notice period or payment in lieu of notice if notice is given. Statutory redundancy payments 
as appropriate. 

Annual bonus

No entitlement to a bonus; however, a pro-rated bonus may be paid following the end of the financial year 
in which they leave. 

Deferred bonus

Vesting of deferred bonus shares.

LTIP 

The rules of the LTIP set out the treatment on a change of control. However, in summary, awards will normally 
vest at the date of change of control and normally be subject to pro-rating, although the Committee has 
discretion to waive pro-rating where it feels it is appropriate to do so.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201765

Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment
Executive Directors also receive life assurance, private health insurance and car allowances.

Executive Directors

Date
of current contract

Payment
in lieu of notice

Pension

Restrictive covenants

Notice 
(Executive/Company)

Ian Sutcliffe

29 January 2016

Rebecca Worthington

29 January 2016

12 months’ salary
and benefits

12 months’ salary
and benefits

25% of salary 
and only as a
cash allowance

17.5% of salary 
and only as
a cash allowance

Non-compete (6 months)
Non-poaching (12 months)
Non-solicit (12 months)

Non-compete (6 months)
Non-poaching (12 months)
Non-solicit (12 months)

12 months/
12 months

12 months/
12 months

Non-Executive Directors

David Howell

Richard Adam

Amanda Burton

Baroness Sally Morgan

Federico Canciani

Date of appointment
to the Board

Date of current letter
of appointment

Unexpired term of
appointment

14 December 2015

14 December 2015

1 year, 1 month

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

1 year, 1 month

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

1 year, 1 month

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

1 year, 1 month

17 December 2015

17 December 2015

1 year, 1 month

The Non-Executive Directors are entitled to claim out-of pocket expenses incurred in the performance of their duties and payment in lieu of notice where 
notice is served. They are not entitled to participate in the Company’s share, bonus or pension schemes. The notice period for Non-Executive Directors 
is three months, save in the case of the Chairman, whose notice period is six months.

Statement of consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Group
Whilst the Committee does not consult directly with employees on 
Executive Directors’ remuneration, the Committee does receive updates 
regarding remuneration for employees across the Company. This is 
considered when determining the remuneration for the Directors.

Policy in respect of external Board appointments 
for Executive Directors
It is recognised that external non-executive directorships may be beneficial 
for both the Company and the Executive Director concerned. At the 
discretion of the Board, Executive Directors are permitted to retain fees 
received in respect of any such non-executive directorships.

Differences in remuneration policy between 
Executive Directors and other employees 
The policy described above applies to the Company’s Executive Directors. 
The principles of the policy are designed with due regard to employees 
across the Group. Variable remuneration, particularly the LTIP, is restricted 
to the most senior employees in the Company who may directly influence 
Company performance. However, the Committee is committed to promoting 
a culture of widespread share ownership, including the provision of an 
all-employee share plan.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee is committed to maintaining a dialogue with our shareholders 
and we welcome their feedback. Any feedback received will be considered 
as part of the Committee’s annual review of remuneration policy. Dialogue 
with prospective shareholders in the lead-up to the Group’s IPO was an 
intrinsic part of its success and underpinned our remuneration policy. The 
share incentive and bonus plans were designed with simplicity and 
shareholder preference in mind, and we have received no adverse comment 
from shareholders about our current plans. We have continued our dialogue 
with shareholders during the year and have had no adverse comments 
from shareholders about our policy or remuneration payments. 

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportRemuneration policy report continued

66

Application of remuneration policy

Ian Sutcliffe

Rebecca Worthington

2,500

2,000

0
0
0
£

’

1,500

1,000

500

0

£1,344
20%

30%

50%

£681

100%

£2,536

42%

31%

27%

2,500

2,000

0
0
0
£

’

1,500

1,000

500

0

Minimum

Target

Maximum

£392

100%

Minimum

£790
20%
30%

50%

Target

£1,505

42%

32%

26%

Maximum

Fixed

Bonus

LTIP

Fixed

Bonus

LTIP

The assumptions noted for “on-target” performance in the graph above are provided for illustration purposes only:

Minimum: fixed pay only (salary + benefits + pension).

Target: fixed pay + 50 per cent pay-out of the annual bonus entitlement (75 per cent of salary) + 25 per cent vesting of the LTIP (50 per cent of salary).

Maximum: fixed pay + 100 per cent pay-out of the annual bonus (150 per cent of salary) + 100 per cent vesting of the LTIP (200 per cent of salary).

Salary levels are based on those as at 1 October 2017.

•  The value of benefits is that disclosed in the single figure for 2016/17.

•  Pension is 25 per cent of salary (excluding bonus) for Ian Sutcliffe and 17.5 per cent of salary (excluding bonus) for Rebecca Worthington.

•   Amounts have been rounded to the nearest £1,000 and for simplicity the value of SAYE, in which all employees may participate on the same terms, 

is excluded.

•  No account has been taken of share price growth or dividends on share awards.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Annual report on remuneration

67

Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The table below sets out a single remuneration figure for Executive and Non-Executive Directors for all qualifying services for the year ended 
30 September 2017:

Executive Directors

Ian Sutcliffe3

Rebecca Worthington3

Non-Executive Directors

David Howell

Richard Adam4

Amanda Burton

Baroness Sally Morgan

Federico Canciani

James Van Steenkiste4

Salary/fees
£’000

Benefits 1
£’000

Pension
£’000

Annual 
bonus 2
£’000

Long-term 
incentives
£’000

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

515

488

309

300

159

135

55

52

50

49

45

45

—

—

—

—

17

17

18

18

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

113

179

54

53

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

773

731

464

450

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

1,418

1,415

845

821

159

135

55

52

50

49

45

45

—

—

—

—

1.  Benefits include both cash and non-cash benefits, which are valued at their taxable amount. For Ian Sutcliffe this includes a car allowance (£1,325 per month) and private medical insurance (£1,356 per annum). 

For Rebecca Worthington this includes a car allowance (£1,325 per month) and private medical insurance (£1,694 per annum).

2.  The annual bonus relates to performance during the financial year and the cash element is paid in December in the following financial year.

3.  The Executive Directors are entitled to retain fees earned from non-executive appointments outside the Company. Ian Sutcliffe served as a Non-Executive Director of Ashtead Group plc during the year 

and received £60,000 for his services (2016: £60,000). Rebecca Worthington served as a Non-Executive Director of Hansteen Holdings plc and received £58,000 (2016: £50,060) for her services.

4.   James Van Steenkiste stepped down from the Board on 5 June 2017. He received no remuneration during the year. Richard Adam announced his intention to step down from the Board on 2 October 2017. 

Richard will continue to provide services under his existing service contract until 31 December 2017. There is no impact on his remuneration for the year ended 30 September 2017.

Further details of each element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package are set out on pages 60 and 61.

Annual bonus targets and outcomes (audited)
The table below sets out the 2017 bonus targets and outcomes relating to the annual bonus figures shown in the single figure in the table above. 
The Committee was satisfied that these payments fairly reflected Group performance in the year.

The annual bonus targets were set to focus management on the growth of the business in line with our strategy and on improving operational 
efficiency to improve returns to shareholders. 

2017 measure

Threshold
(25% pay-out)

Target
(50% pay-out)

Maximum
(100% pay-out)

Achieved

Pay-out level
(% of maximum)

Adjusted operating profit (60% weighting)

£144.6m

£152.2m

£159.8m

£164.1m

Return on capital employed (20% weighting)

25%

26%

27%

30.5%

Personal performance (20% weighting)

See table below

100%

100%

100%

Performance required

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportAnnual report on remuneration continued

68

Annual bonus targets and outcomes (audited) continued
As disclosed to shareholders in last year’s report, during 2016 the Board took the strategic decision to re-phase a number of sites, which included sites 
that are now to be built out, rather than sold. This had the effect of deferring £5m of profit in relation to those sites from 2016 to 2017. The Board 
believed that this change was in the best interests of shareholders. However, in order to ensure that the 2017 targets were appropriately stretching 
and management did not benefit as a result, the Remuneration Committee set the targets for 2017 taking account of this profit deferral. 

The personal performance targets and out-turn for each Director are summarised in the table below:

Ian Sutcliffe

Deliver the process improvements that 
will enable the operating overhead to be 
reduced as agreed by the Board.

Improve the Group’s capital base to 
ensure the target ROCE is delivered.

Implement the senior management 
succession plan as agreed with the Board.

Weighting

Performance
against target

Outcome

Pay-out level 
(percentage of 
maximum payout
for measure)

A number of initiatives were successfully implemented during 
the year including the restructuring of certain head office 
functions. This accelerated the reduction in the Group’s 
overhead percentage from 5.9 per cent to 5.0 per cent.

Disciplined management of working capital and cash resulted 
in the delivery of ROCE of 30.5 per cent, exceeding the 
medium-term IPO target of 28.0 per cent one year early.

The senior management succession plan was developed and 
approved by the Board during the year. This included the 
appointment of Phillip Lyons to the Group Executive 
Committee and other changes outlined on page 44. 

33%

33%

33%

33%

33%

100%

100%

33%

100%

Weighting

Performance
against target

Outcome

Pay-out level 
(percentage of 
maximum pay-out
for measure)

Rebecca Worthington

Agree a roadmap for strengthening the 
processes across the business, and 
supporting technology, and deliver the 
first phase of improvements.

Strengthen the commercial finance 
teams so that MDs have a value-added 
“finance partner”.

Support the CEO in a strategic review 
of the business supported by a 
five-year forecast.

Extend the debt facility to 2022 and 
create additional flexibility to support 
business growth.

The detailed roadmap has been developed and approved by 
the Board. A number of improvements to our cash flow and 
financial forecasting systems were implemented during the 
year and further development is ongoing.

The commercial finance teams have been developed during 
the year through internal promotion and external recruitment 
and further embedded within our operating businesses.

A detailed strategic review was completed in the first half 
which resulted in upgraded expectations for our Partnerships 
business as announced in May 2017.

The Group’s debt facility was improved and extended to May 
2022 to continue to provide a stable platform for the 
Group’s growth ambitions.

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

25%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Bonus payments vest in a straight line between threshold and maximum. No bonus is paid if performance falls below the threshold adjusted operating 
profit measure. For Executive Directors and certain members of senior management, one-third of bonus payments are deferred in shares which vest 
after three years. The deferred shares have no performance conditions, but the individual must remain employed by the Group.

The breakdown of the cash and deferred elements of the annual bonus is set out in the table below:

Ian Sutcliffe

Rebecca Worthington

Total

To be paid in cash

To be deferred in shares1

£

% of salary

£

% of bonus

£

% of bonus

772,500

463,500

150

150

515,000

309,000

66.7

66.7

257,500

154,500

33.3

33.3

1.  75,746 shares will be awarded to Ian Sutcliffe and 45,447 shares will be awarded to Rebecca Worthington in December 2017, calculated based on an average share price of 339.95 pence per share over the 

last 30 days of the financial year ended 30 September 2017.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201769

Share scheme interests awarded during the year (audited)
The Executive Directors were invited to participate in the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) in line with our remuneration policy and an 
award equivalent to 200 per cent of salary was made to each Director. The table below sets out further details of the Executive Directors’ participation 
in the LTIP.

There is no minimum value guaranteed on vesting.

Date of grant

Award

Type

No. of
 shares

Value of
the award 1

% of salary

Performance 
conditions

Performance 
period

Ian Sutcliffe

15 December 

Performance

2016

Rebecca Worthington

15 December 

Performance

2016

Conditional
award

Conditional
 award

446,467

£1,029,999

200

267,880

£617,999

200

35% target ROCE 2
 35% target TNAV 3
30% relative TSR 4

35% target ROCE 2
35% target TNAV 3
30% relative TSR 4

Three years ending
30 September 2019

Three years ending
30 September 2019

1.  Calculated based on a closing mid-market share price of 230.7 pence per share on 15 December 2016.

2.  Return on capital employed.

3.  Tangible net asset value.

4.  Relative total shareholder return compared to a comparator group comprised of the FTSE 250 index, excluding investment trusts.

The Executive Directors also received deferred awards under the Deferred Bonus Plan in respect of the deferred element of their 2016 bonus, details 
of which were set out in the 2016 Annual Report and Accounts. The table below sets out further details of the Executive Directors’ awards.

Date of grant

Award

Type

No. of
shares

Value of
the award 1

% of salary

Performance 
conditions

Performance 
period

Ian Sutcliffe

15 December 
2016

Performance Conditional
award

100,756

£243,699

Rebecca Worthington

15 December 
2016

Performance Conditional
award

62,016

£150,000

50

50

None

15 December 2019

None

15 December 2019

1.  Calculated based on an average share price of 241.87 pence per share over the last 30 days of the financial year ended 30 September 2016.

Vesting criteria for the 2017 LTIP awards
The vesting criteria for LTIP awards made in December 2016 are set out below:

Relative total shareholder return
(30% of awards)

Tangible net asset value
(35% of awards)

TSR vs. 
FTSE 250

Pay-out 
(% of element)

Below threshold

Below median

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Median

—

Upper quartile

—

20

—

100

TNAV
(£m)

<820

820

863

906

Pay-out 
(% of element)

—

25

50

100

Return on capital employed for the 
year ending 30 September 2020
(35% of awards)

ROCE
(%)

<28.0

28.0

29.0

30.0

Pay-out
 (% of element)

—

25

50

100

For the TNAV and ROCE performance conditions outlined above, vesting occurs on a linear basis between threshold and target and between target 
and maximum. For the TSR performance condition, vesting occurs on a linear basis between threshold and maximum.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportAnnual report on remuneration continued

70

Total pension entitlements (audited)
Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Group’s pension plan, a defined contribution arrangement, and Rebecca Worthington is a member 
of the plan. Ian Sutcliffe does not participate in the plan and receives cash in lieu of pension benefits. In respect of ongoing pension benefits, Ian Sutcliffe 
receives a salary supplement equal to 25 per cent of salary in lieu of pension, net of employer’s National Insurance contributions. Rebecca Worthington 
receives employer pension contributions of 17.5 per cent of salary subject to personal contributions of 5 per cent of salary.

None of the Executive Directors had a prospective entitlement to a defined benefit pension plan by reference to qualifying services.

Directors’ shareholdings (audited)
Under the terms of their service contracts, Executive Directors are required to hold shares in the Company to the value of 200 per cent of annual 
salary within five years of their appointment. Non-Executive Directors are expected to hold shares in the Company to the value of 50 per cent of 
annual fee within five years of their appointment.

Measure

Ian Sutcliffe

Shares held, 
including
connected 
persons, at 
30 Sept 2017

Total share 
interests at
30 Sept 2017

6,429,813 

5,456,548 

Rebecca Worthington

1,096,248 

506,977 

Outstanding 
2016 LTIP share
awards at 
30 Sept 2017

Outstanding
2017 LTIP share
 awards at
30 Sept 2017

Outstanding
deferred
 share bonus at 
30 Sept 2017

Outstanding
SAYE options at 
30 Sept 2017

Shareholding 
(excluding
 outstanding 
LTIP and SAYE) as a 
percentage of salary 1

416,667

250,000

446,467

267,880

100,756

62,016

David Howell2

Richard Adam

Amanda Burton

Baroness Sally Morgan

Federico Canciani

James Van Steenkiste

17,000

9,445

10,056

9,444

—

—

17,000

9,445

10,056

9,444

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9,375

9,375

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,747%

570% 

34% 

60%

70%

73%

—

—

1.  Assumes closing mid-market share price on 30 September 2017 of 347.2 pence per share.

2.   Following year end, David Howell purchased 30,000 shares on 4 October 2017. As a result of this purchase, his shareholding equates to 93 per cent of his fee. There has been no other change in the 

Directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company between 30 September 2017 and the date of this report.

Loss of office payments or payments to past Directors (audited)
There were no payments to past Directors or payments for loss of office for Directors of the Company during the year (2016: £Nil). 

Application of the policy in 2017/18
Base salary 
Salaries were reviewed with effect from 1 October 2017 with increases of three per cent awarded in line with the wider workforce. 

Ian Sutcliffe

Rebecca Worthington

2016/17

£515,000

£309,000

2017/18

£530,000

£318,000

% increase

3

3

Pension and benefits
As described in the policy report, Ian Sutcliffe and Rebecca Worthington will receive a pension contribution of 25 per cent and 17.5 per cent of base 
salary respectively. No other elements of remuneration are pensionable.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201771

Annual bonus
Both Executive Directors are eligible to receive up to 150 per cent of base salary. The metrics and their weightings for 2018 are as follows:

Metric

Group adjusted operating profit

Group adjusted operating margin

Return on capital employed

% of maximum bonus

60

20

20

Note: Details of the targets for each metric are commercially sensitive and will not be disclosed prospectively.

In line with the overall discretion of the Remuneration Committee to determine the size of any bonus payment, as described on page 62, the Committee 
will take into account the overall performance of an Executive Director against the in-year and longer-term strategic goals of the Group when determining 
bonus awards. 

Long Term Incentive Plan
The Committee intends to grant both Executive Directors awards at a level of 200 per cent of salary shortly following the announcement of the 2017 results. 
The proposed performance metrics and their weightings are set out below:

Relative total shareholder return
(30% of awards)

Tangible net asset value
(35% of awards)

Return on capital employed
for the year ending 30 September 2020
(35% of awards)

TSR vs. 
FTSE 250

Pay-out 
(% of element)

TNAV in FY20
(£m)

Pay-out 
(% of element)

ROCE in FY20
(%)

Pay-out
 (% of element)

Below threshold

Below median

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Median

—

Upper quartile

—

20

—

100

<967

967

1,018

1,069

—

25

50

100

<30%

30%

31%

32%

—

25

50

100

The 2017 ROCE out-turn is discussed on page 29. Given the Group’s plans for further significant investment in growth over the three years to 
30 September 2020, the Committee is satisfied that these targets are appropriately stretching.

For each performance condition, vesting occurs on a linear basis for performance between each point. Performance is measured over three financial 
years to 30 September 2020. 

The TNAV targets are subject to Committee discretion to make such adjustments as are appropriate in the event that the Company’s dividend policy 
changes in future years. Any such adjustments will be fully disclosed to shareholders and will be designed to ensure that the targets are no less 
challenging than the original targets.

Fees for the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors
As disclosed to shareholders in last year’s report, the fees for the Chairman have been increased to reflect the increased responsibility and time 
commitment following the shareholding in Oaktree Capital Management falling below 30 per cent. A summary of current annual fees is shown below:

Role

Chairman

Non-Executive Director

Additional fees:

Senior Independent Director

Audit Committee Chairman

Remuneration Committee Chairman

2017/18 fee 
(£’000)

2016/17 fee 
(£’000)

Percentage 
change

175

45

5

5

5

150

45

5

5

5

17%

—

—

—

—

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportAnnual report on remuneration continued

72

Performance graph and table 

)
£
(

e
u
a
V

l

170

140

110

80

50

Countryside Properties

FTSE 250

Feb
2016

Mar
2016

Apr
2016

May
2016

Jun
2016

Jul
2016

Aug
2016

Sep
2016

Oct
2016

Nov
2016

Dec
2016

Jan
2017

Feb
2017

Mar
2017

Apr
2017

May
2017

Jun
2017

Jul
2017

Aug
2017

Sep
2017

Total remuneration
£’000

Annual bonus 
as % of maximum

Group Chief Executive pay table

Financial year

2017

2016

Name

Ian Sutcliffe

Ian Sutcliffe

The annual change in base salary, benefits and annual variable pay is as follows:

Group Chief Executive1

Base salary

Benefits

Annual variable pay

Average of all employees2

Base salary

Benefits

Annual variable pay

1,418

1,415

2017
£’000

515

18

773

46

7

14

100

100

2016
£’000

488

17

731

47

6

13

Vesting of LTIP 
as % of maximum

Not relevant

Not relevant

Change
%

6

6

6

(2)

2

7

1.  The annual percentage increase in the table above is higher than the three per cent increase in Ian Sutcliffe’s base pay because his salary was increased from £450,000 to £500,000 in advance of the Group’s 

IPO in February 2016. His salary then increased by three per cent to £515,000 with effect from 1 October 2016.

2.  On average, employees were awarded a pay rise of three per cent, with effect from 1 October 2016. The percentage change in the table above reflects the change in mix of seniority of employees during the year.

The relative importance of remuneration in relation to other significant uses of the Group’s cash is outlined below:

Total staff costs

Adjusted profit after tax

Taxation paid

Interest paid

2017
£m

92.0

125.3

23.2

2.8

2016
£m

70.8

73.2

12.8

7.2

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017 
73

Dilution
The Group’s share plans comply with the Investment Association’s guidelines on dilution limits of five per cent in ten years for discretionary schemes 
and 10 per cent in ten years for all schemes. As at 30 September 2017, the Group has utilised 0.6 per cent of the ten per cent in ten years limit and 0.5 per cent 
of the five per cent in ten years limit.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee assists the Board in determining its responsibilities in relation to remuneration, including making recommendations to 
the Board on the Company’s policy on executive remuneration, setting the overarching principles, parameters and governance framework of the 
Group’s remuneration policy and determining the individual remuneration and benefits package of each of the Company’s Executive Directors. 

The Remuneration Committee also ensures compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code in relation to remuneration. The UK Corporate 
Governance Code provides that a remuneration committee should comprise at least three members who are Independent Non-Executive Directors 
(other than the Chairman).

Advisors
During the financial year New Bridge Street (“NBS”), part of Aon Hewitt plc (“Aon”), provided independent advice to the Committee; NBS was 
appointed by the Committee following admission. Neither NBS nor Aon provide any other services to the Company. The Committee is satisfied that 
the advice received by NBS in relation to executive remuneration matters during the year was objective and independent. Terms of engagement are 
available on request from the Company Secretary. NBS is a members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration 
Consultants Group Code of Conduct, which requires its advice to be objective and impartial. The fees paid to NBS for advice during the year were 
£84,800 (excluding VAT).

Statement of shareholder voting
Votes cast at the Annual General Meeting held on 26 January 2017 in respect of the Remuneration Report and policy are shown below:

For

Against

Total

Withheld

Remuneration Report

Remuneration policy

Total number 
of votes

Percentage of
votes cast

Total number 
of votes

Percentage of
votes cast

412,936,700

99.83%

411,908,806

682,992

413,619,692

6,096,566

0.17%

100%

1,710,885

413,619,691

6,096,586

99.59%

0.41%

100%

Approval
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 21 November 2017 and signed on its behalf by:

Amanda Burton
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ report

74

The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements 
of Countryside Properties PLC (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries 
(together, the “Group”) for the year ended 30 September 2017.

The Directors’ Report comprises pages 74 to 76 of this report, in addition to the sections 
of the Annual Report incorporated by reference, including the Board biographies, the 
Corporate Governance Report, the Audit Committee Report, the Nomination Committee 
Report and the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 9.8.4C), the 
information to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts, where applicable, under LR 
9.8.4, is set out in this Directors’ Report, with the exception of the information set out in the 
table below, which can be found at the location specified.

Listing Rule

Information

LR 9.8.4(4)

Details of long-term incentive schemes as 
required by LR 9.4.3, regarding information about 
the recruitment of a director

Location

Not applicable

LR 9.8.4(11)

Details of contracts for the provision of services 
to the Company by a controlling shareholder

Not applicable

LR 9.8.4(14)

Details of transactions with controlling shareholders Not applicable

General information
Countryside Properties PLC is a public limited 
company, listed on the Main Market of the London 
Stock Exchange, incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The registered address of the Company is 
Countryside House, The Drive, Brentwood, Essex 
CM13 3AT. The Company acts as the holding 
company and ultimate parent for the Group.

Principal activities and 
Strategic Report
Countryside is a UK homebuilder and urban 
regeneration partner, operating in London and 
the South East of England, and with a presence in 
the West Midlands and the North West of England. 
We operate through two divisions: Housebuilding 
and Partnerships. Our Strategic Report on pages 
2 to 39 sets out detailed information on the 
Group and its strategy, its principal activities, 
the operation of the businesses, and the 
results and financial position for the year ended 
30 September 2017. Information on the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group, trends and economic factors impacting 
the business and likely future developments 
can also be found in the Strategic Report. 

Board changes
Following Oaktree’s reduction of its 
shareholding in the Company to below 25 per 
cent on 26 May 2017, James Van Steenkiste, a 
Non-Executive Director appointed to the Board 
by Oaktree, resigned on 5 June 2017 in accordance 
with the terms of the Relationship Agreement 
(described below). On 2 October 2017, the 
Company announced that Richard Adam will 
step down from the Board on 31December 2017.

For more details on the members of the Board, 
see pages 42 and 43. The Corporate Governance 
Report on pages 46 to 51 gives more 
information on how the Board functioned 
during the year.

Directors’ interests
The Directors’ interests in the shares and share 
options of the Company are shown on page 70 
of the Remuneration Report.

Significant contractual 
agreements
The Strategic Report describes the most important 
customer and supplier contracts and other 
arrangements essential to the Group. We do 
not consider ourselves to be dependent on a single 
key supplier. Countryside entered into a new 
£300m revolving credit facility on 12 May 2016, 
expiring in May 2021. The first of two options 
on the first and second anniversaries was 
exercised extending the facility to May 2022.

Relationship Agreement with 
controlling shareholders
Where a listed company has a controlling 
shareholder, it is required to have in place at all 
times a written and legally binding agreement 
which is intended to ensure that the controlling 
shareholder complies with the independence 
provisions set out in LR 6.1.4D. A “controlling 
shareholder” is defined as any person who 
exercises or controls on their own, or together 
with any person with whom they are acting in 
concert, 30 per cent or more of the votes able 
to be cast on all or substantially all matters at 
general meetings of a company. LR 6.1.4D 
requires that the agreement must contain 
undertakings that:

(a)   transactions and arrangements with the 
controlling shareholder (and/or any of its 
associates) will be conducted at arm’s length 
and on normal commercial terms;

(b)  neither the controlling shareholder nor any 
of its associates will take any action that 
would have the effect of preventing the 
listed company from complying with its 
obligations under the Listing Rules; and

(c)   neither the controlling shareholder nor any 
of its associates will propose or procure the 
proposal of a shareholder resolution which 
is intended or appears to be intended to 
circumvent the proper application of the 
Listing Rules.

The Board confirms that, in accordance with 
the Listing Rules, on 29 January 2016, the 
Company entered into such an agreement 
(the “Relationship Agreement”) with, among 
others, OCM Luxembourg Coppice Topco S.Á R.L. 
and various Oaktree funds1 (together, the 
“Oaktree Shareholders”) which, at the time, 
had a combined total holding of approximately 
56 per cent of the Company’s voting rights. 
Under the terms of the Relationship Agreement, 
the Oaktree Shareholders agreed to the 
independence obligations contained in the 
Relationship Agreement.

On 26 May 2017, the Oaktree Shareholders 
sold shares in the Company, and reduced their 
combined total shareholding to approximately 
23 per cent of the Company’s voting rights. 
Below 25 per cent holding, under the terms 
of the Relationship Agreement, Oaktree 
Shareholders retained the right to appoint 
only one Non-Executive Director to the Board 
of the Company, and so James Van Steenkiste 
resigned from the Board on 5 June 2017. All other 
provisions of the Relationship Agreement, including 
the right for Oaktree Shareholders to appoint 
one Non-Executive Director to the Board of 
the Company, remain in force until such time 
as Oaktree Shareholders reduce their combined 
total shareholding to below 10 per cent of 
the Company’s voting rights. 

The Board confirms that, since the entry into 
the Relationship Agreement on 29 January 2016 
until 21 November 2017, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the publication of 
this Annual Report:

(i)   the Company has complied with the 
independence provisions included in 
the Relationship Agreement; and

(ii)   so far as the Company is aware, the 

independence provisions included in the 
Relationship Agreement have been complied 
with by the Oaktree Shareholders and 
their associates.

As there have been no controlling shareholders 
of the Company other than the Oaktree 
Shareholders, there has been no need for the 
Relationship Agreement to require the Oaktree 
Shareholders to procure compliance by any third 
parties with the independence provisions of 
the Relationship Agreement.

1.   The Oaktree funds were: Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIIIb, 
L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund VIIIb (Parallel), L.P., Oaktree 
Opportunities Fund IX, L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund IX 
(Parallel), L.P., Oaktree Opportunities Fund IX (Parallel 2), L.P., 
Oaktree European Principal Fund III, L.P. and Oaktree European 
Principal Fund III (Parallel), L.P. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201775

Significant agreements – change 
of control
Upon a change of control of Countryside 
Properties, a number of significant agreements 
take effect, alter or terminate as follows:

•  Revolving credit facility: Under the terms of 
the £300m revolving credit facility, entered into 
on 12 May 2016, extended in maturity until 
May 2022 on 2 May 2017 and provided by a 
syndicate of banks to Countryside Properties, the 
lenders may, following such change in 
control, elect to continue to provide such 
facility, or alternatively cancel it and require 
all monies borrowed under such facility to 
be repaid.

•  Directors and employees: There are no 
agreements between the Company and 
its Directors or employees providing for 
compensation for loss of office or employment 
that occurs because of a takeover bid or change 
of control.

Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to employment policies 
which follow best practice based on equal 
opportunities for all employees, irrespective of 
gender, race, nationality, colour, disability, marital 
status, sexual orientation, age or religion. All 
decisions relating to employment practices are 
objective, free from bias and based upon work 
criteria and individual merit. The Group’s 
policy is to offer appropriate training and 
career development to disabled persons that 
are, as far as possible, identical to other 
employees and in line with best practice. In the 
event of a member of staff becoming disabled, 
the Group makes every effort to continue 
employment, arrange appropriate retraining 
and offer opportunities for promotion. 
For more information on our diversity 
statistics, please refer to the Our people 
section on page 31.

Employee involvement
The Group systematically provides employees 
with information on matters of concern to them, 
consulting them or their representatives regularly, 
so that their views can be taken into account 
when making decisions that are likely to affect 
their interests. Employee involvement in the 
Group is encouraged; a common awareness 
on the part of all employees of the financial 
and economic factors affecting the Group 
plays a major role in maintaining the Group’s 
customer-focused approach. For more information 
on how the Group engages its employees, 
refer to page 30 of the report. For more 
information on how employees can participate in 
the Group’s performance through membership 
of the LTIP and SAYE employee share plans, 
refer to pages 116 and 117 of the report. 

Substantial shareholdings
At 15 November 2017, being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this Annual 
Report, the Company has been notified of the following interests amounting to 3 per cent or 
more of the voting rights in the issued share capital of the Company: 

Non-controlling interest 

Interest in Countryside subsidiaries

Oaktree Capital Management Private Equity

Woodford Investment Management Ltd.

Standard Life Aberdeen 

Aviva Investors Global Services Ltd.

Ruffer LLP 

Capital Research & Management

BlackRock Investment Management Ltd

M&G Investment Management Ltd

Policy on financial instruments
The policy with respect to financial instruments 
is covered in the accounting policy (Note 3) 
to the financial statements. The Notes to the 
financial statements include the Company’s 
policies and processes for managing its capital; 
its financial risk management objectives; details 
of its financial instruments and hedging activities; 
and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.

Independent auditor
The Board is satisfied that 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) 
remained independent for the purpose of 
the 2017 audit. 

Corporate governance
A report on Countryside’s corporate 
governance framework, together with its 
compliance with the principles and provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code can 
be found in the Corporate Governance Report 
on page 46. The Corporate Governance Report 
forms part of this Directors’ Report and is 
incorporated into it by cross-reference.

Political contributions
The Group does not make political contributions.

Dividend
The Directors recommend the payment of a 
final dividend of 5.0 pence (2016: 3.4 pence) 
per ordinary share which, if approved by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, 
will be paid on 9 February 2018 to those 
shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 22 December 2017.

23.0%

11.8%

9.6%

8.6%

5.4%

4.1%

3.1%

3.0%

The Company will be operating a Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”), further details 
of which can found on our website at: 
investors.countryside-properties.com/
shareholder-information/dividends. The DRIP will 
operate automatically in respect of the 2017 
final dividend for those shareholders who have 
previously registered a DRIP mandate (unless 
varied by shareholders beforehand) and also 
in respect of all future dividends, until such 
time as each participating shareholder elects 
to withdraw from the DRIP or the DRIP is 
suspended or terminated in accordance with 
its terms and conditions. The Board will continue 
to keep the availability of the DRIP under 
regular review. 

Shareholders are again reminded to check their 
position regarding any dividend mandates which 
are in place, should they either wish to participate 
in the DRIP or discontinue or vary any participation, 
as existing mandates will apply to all dividend 
payments unless or until revoked.

The right to receive any dividend has been waived 
by the Trustee of the Company’s Employee Benefit 
Trust over those shares held by that Trust.

Power of the Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, 
the Companies Act and any directions given by 
the Company by special resolution, the business 
of the Company will be managed by the Board, 
which may exercise all powers of the Company. 

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ report continued

76

Directors’ indemnities
By means of a Deed of Indemnity entered into 
separately by the Company and each Director, 
there is a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision (as per the Companies Act 2006) 
that provides, for the financial year ended 
30 September 2017 and as at the date of this 
document, that the Company may pay for 
Directors’ indemnities out of its own assets. 
The Company has obtained directors’ and 
officers’ insurance for this purpose.

Statement of disclosure of 
information to the auditor
Each Director of the Company confirms that, 
as far as each Director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditors is unaware and that each of the 
Directors has taken all the steps they ought to 
have taken individually as a Director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors is aware of that information.

Share capital
At the date of this report, 450,000,000 
ordinary shares (the same number as at 
admission to the London Stock Exchange) 
of £0.01 each have been issued, are fully paid 
up and are admitted to trading on the London 
Stock Exchange. The Company’s Articles of 
Association, copies of which can be obtained 
from the Company’s website, set out the rights 
and obligations attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares, as well as the powers of the 
Company’s Directors.

Details of employee share plans are provided in 
Note 30 to the Group financial statements. 

Purchase of the Company’s 
own shares
At the 2017 AGM shareholders approved a 
resolution permitting the Company to make 
purchases of its own shares up to a maximum 
of 45,000,000 ordinary shares representing 
10 per cent of the issued share capital at 
14 December 2016. This resolution remains 
in force until the conclusion of the 2018 AGM. 
The Company has made no purchases of its 
own shares to date. 

The Company will seek to renew this authority 
at the 2018 AGM. 

Authority to allot shares
At the 2017 AGM shareholders approved a 
resolution permitting the Directors to allot 
shares up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£1,500,000. Shareholders also approved a 
resolution authorising the Directors to allot 
shares up to a further aggregate nominal 
amount of £1,500,000 in connection with a 
rights issue. As at 21 November 2017 the 
Directors had not used these authorities and 
these authorities will remain in force until the 
conclusion of the 2018 AGM. 

The Company will seek to renew this authority 
at the 2018 AGM. 

Going concern
The Directors have reviewed the liquidity position 
of the Group for the 18-month period from 
21 November 2017. The cash flows of the 
Group have been assessed against the Group’s 
available sources of finance on a monthly basis 
to determine the minimum and maximum 
expected levels of headroom. Based on this analysis 
and an assessment of the potential cash risks, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. The Group therefore continues to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing its 
consolidated financial statements. The Directors’ 
Viability Statement can be found in the 
Strategic Report on page 37. 

Carbon emissions
Details of the Group’s approach to the 
environment, including information in relation 
to its carbon emissions, are set out in the 
section headed Environment on page 34, 
forming part of the Sustainability Report section 
of the Annual Report on pages 32 to 35.

Annual General Meeting
The 2018 Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be held at De Rougemont 
Manor Hotel, Great Warley Street, Brentwood 
CM13 3JP, at 2.30 pm on Thursday 25 January 
2018. The notice convening the meeting, together 
with details of the business to be considered 
and explanatory notes is distributed separately 
to shareholders. It is also available on our website.

By order of the Board

Gary Whitaker
Company Secretary 
21 November 2017

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

77

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Parent Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group 
and Parent Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions 
are listed in the Board of Directors section 
confirms that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Parent Company financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 
‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable 
in the UK and Republic of Ireland’, and 
applicable law), give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and loss of the Company;

•  the Group financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the European Union, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; and

•  the Directors’ Report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Group and 
Parent Company, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
it faces. 

By order of the Board

Ian Sutcliffe
Group Chief Executive
21 November 2017

Rebecca Worthington
Group Chief Financial Officer
21 November 2017

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union 
and Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 
‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland’, and applicable 
law). Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group 
and Parent Company for that period. In preparing 
the financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then 

apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted 

by the European Union have been followed 
for the Group financial statements and 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102, have been followed for 
the Company financial statements, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates 

that are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Group and Parent Company 
will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are sufficient 
to show and explain the Group and Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Group and Parent Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 
and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Parent Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Financial statementsCountryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017GovernanceStrategic reportIndependent auditor’s report
to the members of Countryside Properties PLC

78

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Countryside Properties PLC’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair 

view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 September 2017 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year 
then ended;

• 

• 

• 

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”, and 
applicable law); and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated and parent company statements of 
financial position as at 30 September 2017; the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, and the 
consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include 
a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs 
(UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group 
or the parent company.

Other than those disclosed in note 6 to the financial statements, we have not provided any non-audit services to the Group or the parent company in 
the period from 1 October 2016 to 30 September 2017.

Our audit approach
Context
Countryside Properties PLC is a British housebuilder and urban regeneration company listed on the London Stock Exchange. The Group is wholly UK 
based, operating in London and the South East of England, and with a presence in the Midlands and North West of England through its Partnerships division.

The Group is susceptible to external macro-economic factors such as government regulation, mortgage availability and changes in the wider building 
sector such as customer demand, supply chain availability and build cost inflation. This was particularly relevant for our work in the areas of margin 
forecasting and the valuation of inventory.

Overview

Materiality

Audit scope

•  Overall Group materiality: £7.2 million (2016: £4.6 million), based on 5% of profit before tax, 

adjusted for non-underlying items.

•  Overall parent company materiality: £6.5 million (2016: £4.1 million), based on 1% of total 

assets, restricted to an amount below the Group overall materiality.

•  The Group operates in two business segments, Partnerships and Housebuilding, as set out in 
the Strategic Report (refer to pages 2 to 39). Each of the operating segments is broken down 
into a number of reporting units which are consolidated into the Group financial statements 
along with central reporting entities.

•  We performed audit work over the complete financial information of 17 reporting units, including 
central reporting entities and the parent company which accounted for 85 per cent of the Group’s 
revenues and 83 per cent of the Group’s profit before tax, adjusted for non-underlying items.

Key audit  
matters

•  Cost forecast and margin estimates. (Group).

•  Land and inventory valuation. (Group).

•  Commercial land transactions. (Group).

•  Shared equity valuation (available for sale financial assets). (Group).

•  Recoverability of investments. (Parent).

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201779

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we 
looked at where the Directors made subjective judgments, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions 
and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, 
and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified 
by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Cost forecast and margin estimates (Group)
Refer to Note 3 (Accounting policies) and Note 2 (Critical accounting policies).

We obtained an understanding of management’s process for preparing a site forecast and 
evaluated management’s controls over cost forecasting and changes to forecasts.

The Group’s margin recognition framework is based on the margin forecast for each 
site. These margins, which drive the recognition of costs as each unit is sold, reflect 
estimated selling prices and costs for each development. This process is effectively a 
method of allocating the total forecast costs, representing both land and build costs of 
a development over each individual unit.

There is a risk that the margin forecast for the site and the margin subsequently 
recognised on each unit sale is not appropriate and reflective of the actual final profit 
margin that will be recognised on a development.

We consider the appropriate margin recognition across the life of the site to be the 
most significant financial reporting risk for the Group, principally due to the high level 
of management judgment involved in the accounting for the Group’s developments 
given that sales prices and build costs are inherently uncertain and are influenced by 
changes in external market factors, such as the availability of mortgages and build 
cost inflation.

Land and inventory valuation (Group)
Refer to Note 3 (Accounting policies) and Note 2 (Critical accounting policies).

Inventory is comprised of land held for development, work in progress, raw materials 
and completed units/part-exchanged properties.

Inventory is the most significant balance in the consolidated statement of financial 
position and is held at the lower of cost and net realisable value (‘NRV’) being the 
margin the development is forecast to make over its lifecycle based upon forecast 
sales prices and build costs. 

The NRV of each development is forecast and monitored as described in the key audit 
matter above and is therefore subject to the same key assumptions. Due to the 
influence of the same external factors and the cyclical nature of the housing industry, 
with periodic downturns in customer demand, there is a risk that the calculation of a 
development’s NRV may be subject to estimation error, leading to inventory being 
held at an incorrect value and an unrecorded impairment charge.

We tested management’s controls over the approval of initial forecasts as well as the 
controls over the regular updating of forecasts. We also attended a number of 
management’s monthly divisional board meetings which gave us additional evidence over the 
robustness of the forecasting process.

We held discussions with management to understand the status and progress of a sample of 
sites and tested that the explanations received were consistent with the latest management forecast.

Our substantive procedures focused on sites that generated significant revenue in the year 
and we:

• 

• 

• 

assessed the appropriateness of a sample of underlying assumptions within the forecasts, 
including sales prices and costs which have a significant impact on the site forecasts;

assessed management’s historic forecasting accuracy on completed sites in FY17, 
understanding the reasons and testing, where appropriate, differences to the FY16 
forecast margin;

tested a sample of forecast sales prices to the actual sales price attained for similar 
properties to support the validity of the estimated sales price in the forecast; and 

• 

tested a sample of costs incurred to third party support. 

Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any sites where we considered the 
forecast margin to be inappropriate.

We obtained an understanding of management’s process for preparing a site forecast.

We understood and evaluated management’s controls over the cost forecasting process and 
tested the key controls over the approval of the initial forecasts and the monitoring 
of updates required to the forecasts over the course of the site’s life.

We considered margins for all material sites to identify those with low or eroding margins, 
due to specific issues or underperformance. We discussed the identified sites with 
management, including considering the level of provisions, if any, held against these sites and 
corroborated the explanations with available external evidence in respect of the carrying 
value of inventory.

We obtained an analysis of the composition of the inventory balance, specifically the level 
and ageing of completed but unreserved units, to understand if completed stock is held at 
the appropriate carrying value. 

We also assessed the historical accuracy of management’s forecasting on completed sites in 
FY17, understanding the reasons and testing where appropriate, differences to the FY16 
forecast margin. 

For sites with a provision, we compared the inventory valuation with the forecast NRV.

Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any sites where we determined 
additional impairments were required, above those already recorded by management.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Countryside Properties PLC

80

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Commercial land transactions (Group)
Refer to Note 3 (Accounting policies). 

The Group has entered into a number of commercial land transactions during the 
year. The nature of these transactions can be complex and bespoke. The format of the 
agreements introduces potential accounting to reflect the terms of the agreements.

Due to their complex nature, we focused on this area to ensure that the accounting 
reflected the underlying agreements.

We held discussions with management to understand the substance of material commercial 
land transactions.

Where applicable, we read the relevant extracts from management’s papers on the 
proposed accounting treatment of the transactions.

We substantively tested material or complex land acquisitions through examination of 
contracts and agreements to check that the acquisition and subsequent overage terms had 
been identified and accounted for appropriately, and that all the related liabilities had been 
properly recorded in the financial statements.

We assessed the accounting treatment of the transactions against IAS 18/IAS 11 as applicable.

We were satisfied that management had appropriately accounted for these transactions.

Shared equity valuation (available for sale financial assets) (Group)
Refer to Note 3 (Accounting policies) and Note 2 (Critical accounting policies).

We evaluated and tested the mechanics of the calculation to check the correct application of 
the underlying assumptions and accuracy of the calculation.

The Group has advanced loans to homebuyers to assist them in the purchase of their 
property under shared equity schemes. These loans are held as available for sale 
financial assets in the balance sheet and are held at fair value.

We obtained a sample of the original loan agreements to verify terms of the loans used 
within the calculation.

We tested a sample of cash receipts from redemptions in the year to bank statements. 

The valuation method for these assets is not capable of being based on observable 
market data and therefore the valuation model is subject to management judgment 
and estimates, including expected house price movements, credit risk of borrowers, 
discount rates (which incorporate purchaser default rates), recoverability and expected 
timing of receipt.

Changes in the assumptions used can have a significant impact on the fair value of 
these assets.

Through discussion with management and review of the calculation we identified the key 
assumptions included within the calculation including expected house price inflation, discount 
rates, recoverability and expected timing of receipt.

We corroborated these assumptions by comparing those used by management with 
comparable discount rates used by similar companies, and our own independent research 
on house prices and redemption rates.

In addition to re-performing management’s sensitivities we performed our own sensitivities 
based upon our own independent research to ascertain the extent to which reasonable 
adverse changes would, either individually or in aggregate, materially change the valuation 
of the assets. 

Based on the procedures we performed we identified no changes to key assumptions which 
would result in a material change to the valuation.

Recoverability of investments (Parent)
Refer to Note 1 (Accounting policies)

•  We obtained management’s assessment of the carrying value of the investments. We 
agreed the cash flow forecast used in the assessment to formally approved forecasts. 

The parent company holds investments in its subsidiaries totalling over £700 million. 
We focused on this area due to the size of the investment balance as there is a risk of 
material misstatement if the underlying investments are under-performing.

•  We assessed key assumptions within management’s forecasts.

•  We performed a sensitivity analysis over key assumptions, including the discount and 

growth rates. 

•  We assessed for impairment indicators of which there were none.

•  We did not note any exceptions arising from our audit procedures.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201781

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the Group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group is comprised of two segments, Housebuilding and Partnerships. These are then further broken down into seven operating divisions, five for 
Housebuilding and two for Partnerships. Each of the divisions is broken down into a number of reporting units (which also include joint ventures) that 
are included in the Group financial statements, along with the centralised functions.

The reporting units vary in size and we identified 17 reporting units, including centralised functions and the parent company which required an audit of 
their complete financial information due to their individual size. These 17 reporting units were all audited by the Group engagement team and, where 
applicable, included the audit of the joint ventures. The reporting units where we performed an audit of the complete financial information accounted 
for 83 per cent of the Group’s profit before tax, adjusted for non-underlying items and 85 per cent of the Group’s revenue.

Our audit work at these reporting units, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level on the consolidation, goodwill, joint venture 
adjustments, tax, share based payments and the ‘available for sale financial assets’, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group and 
parent company financial statements as a whole.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements 
as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgment, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Overall Group materiality

£7.2 million (2016: £4.6 million).

£6.5 million (2016: £4.1 million).

How we determined it

Rationale for  
benchmark applied

5% of profit before tax, adjusted for 
non-underlying items.

1% of total assets, restricted to an amount below 
the Group overall materiality.

Based on our professional judgment, we determined 
materiality by applying a benchmark of 5% of profit 
before tax, adjusted for non-underlying items. We believe 
that underlying profit before tax is the most appropriate 
measure as it eliminates any disproportionate effect of 
non-underlying charges and credits and provides a 
consistent year-on-year basis for our work.

We believe that total assets is the primary measure used 
by the shareholders in assessing the position of the 
entity, and is an accepted auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was between £0.2 million and £6.5 million. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that 
was less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £0.3 million (Group audit) 
(2016: £0.2 million) and £0.3 million (parent company audit) (2016: £0.2 million) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in respect of the Directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial 
statements and the Directors’ identification of any material uncertainties 
to the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

We are required to report if the Directors’ statement relating to Going 
Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. However, 
because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement 
is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

We have nothing to report.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Countryside Properties PLC

82

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The 
Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we 
do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether 
there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to 
report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006, (CA06), ISAs (UK) and 
the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below (required by ISAs 
(UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the 
year ended 30 September 2017 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of 
the Group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  The Directors’ confirmation on page 37 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

•  The Directors’ explanation on page 37 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they 

have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only 
consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the 
relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge 
and understanding of the Group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

•  The statement given by the Directors, on page 53, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and parent company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and parent company obtained in the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on page 52 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated 

by us to the Audit Committee.

•  The Directors’ statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201783

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibility Statement set out on page 77, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible 
for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 
16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 19 November 2015 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 30 September 2016 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 2 years, covering the years 
ended 30 September 2016 to 30 September 2017.

John Waters (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
November 2017

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Note

84

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Group operating profit

Analysed as:

Adjusted Group operating profit

Less: share of associate and joint ventures’ operating profit

13, 14

Less: non-underlying items

Group operating profit

Finance costs

Analysed as:

Adjusted finance costs

Less: non-underlying finance costs

Finance costs

Finance income

Share of post-tax profit from associate and joint ventures

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Profit is attributable to:

– Owners of the parent

– Non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss

Increase/(decrease) in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:

– Owners of the parent 

– Non-controlling interest

Earnings per share (expressed in pence per share):

Basic 

Diluted 

Revenue and operating profits arise from the Group’s continuing operations.

6

7

6

7

8

13, 14

9

15

10

10

2017
£m 

845.8

(662.5)

183.3

(54.4)

128.9

164.1

(33.6)

(1.6)

128.9

(18.3)

(10.7)

(7.6) 

(18.3)

1.4

29.7

141.7

(24.1)

117.6

117.2

0.4

117.6

0.2

117.8

117.4

0.4

117.8

26.0

25.8

2016
£m 

671.3 

(527.2)

144.1 

(56.8)

87.3 

122.5 

(25.3)

(9.9)

87.3 

(30.5)

(27.3)

(3.2)

(30.5)

2.3 

19.6 

78.7 

(17.3)

61.4 

61.1 

0.3 

61.4 

(1.5)

59.9

59.6

0.3

59.9

13.6

13.6

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017 
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 September 2017

Note

2017
£m 

2016
£m 

85

Assets

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in joint ventures

Investment in associate

Available-for-sale financial assets

Deferred tax assets 

Trade and other receivables

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Provisions 

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Provisions 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Reserves

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

Equity attributable to non-controlling interest

Total equity

The notes on pages 88 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 21 November 2017.

On behalf of the Board

Ian Sutcliffe 
Rebecca Worthington
Directors

11

12

13

14

15

16

19

17

19

20

20

21

22

23

21

22

24

24

59.5

2.6

58.8

2.6

7.4

2.8

12.9

146.6

667.1

138.8

77.4

883.3

1,029.9

—

(251.9)

(5.8)

(0.6)

58.9

2.7

53.9

5.2

8.7

3.3

10.8

143.5

583.6

147.9

38.3

769.8

913.3

(26.3)

(177.5)

(6.1)

(0.8)

(258.3)

(210.7)

—

(84.4)

(2.0)

(86.4)

—

(109.0)

(0.7)

(109.7)

(344.7)

(320.4)

685.2

592.9

4.5

679.8

684.3

0.9

685.2

4.5

587.9

592.4

0.5

592.9

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 September 2017

86

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Available-for-sale
financial assets
£m

Note

Equity 
attributable to
owners of the
parent
£m

Non-controlling 
interest
£m

At 1 October 2015

Comprehensive income

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners

Share-based payment expense – 
pre-IPO

Share-based payment expense – 
post-IPO, net of deferred tax

Group reorganisation

Total transactions with owners

At 30 September 2016

Comprehensive income

Profit for the year

Dividends paid

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners

30

30

1

Share-based payment expense, net 
of deferred tax

30

Total transactions with owners

At 30 September 2017

—

—

—

—

—

—

4.5

4.5

4.5

—

—

—

—

—

—

4.5

1.1

10.3 

1.6

13.0 

0.2 

—

—

—

—

—

(1.1)

(1.1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

61.1

—

61.1

1.9

1.3

513.2

516.4

587.8

117.2

(30.6)

—

86.6

5.1

5.1

679.5

—

(1.5)

(1.5)

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

0.2

0.2

—

—

0.3

61.1

(1.5)

59.6

1.9

1.3

516.6

519.8

592.4

117.2

(30.6)

0.2

 86.8

5.1

5.1

684.3

0.3

—

0.3

—

—

—

—

0.5

0.4

—

—

0.4

—

—

0.9

Total 
equity
£m

13.2 

61.4

(1.5)

59.9

1.9

1.3

516.6

519.8

592.9

117.6

(30.6)

0.2

87.2

5.1

5.1

685.2

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Note

25

11

12

13,14

24

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of available-for-sale financial assets

Acquisition of subsidiary (net of cash acquired)

Decrease/(increase) in advances to associate and joint ventures

Interest received

Dividends received from associate and joint ventures

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares

Dividends paid

Transaction costs from issue of ordinary shares

Borrowing facility arrangement fee

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

20

87

2017
£m 

78.2

(2.8)

(23.2)

52.2

(2.3)

(0.8)

2.5

—

16.2

—

28.8

44.4

— 

(30.6)

—

(0.6)

—

—

(31.2)

65.4

12.0

77.4

2016
£m 

(14.8)

(7.2)

(12.8)

(34.8)

(0.7)

(0.9)

2.9

 (2.0)

(31.0)

1.5

13.6

(16.6)

130.0

—

(4.6)

(2.8)

91.3

(231.3)

(17.4)

(68.8)

80.8

12.0

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended 30 September 2017

88

1. General information 
Countryside Properties PLC (the “Company”) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom whose shares are 
publicly traded on the London Stock Exchange. The Company’s registered office is Countryside House, The Drive, Brentwood, Essex CM13 3AT.

The Group’s principal activities are building new homes and regeneration of public sector land.

The parent company financial statements are on pages 119 to 124.

Initial public offering (“IPO”)
The Company listed its shares on the London Stock Exchange on 17 February 2016. Prior to the IPO, there was a reorganisation of the Group, which 
is described in the 2016 financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the merger method of accounting because the transaction under which the Company 
became the holding company of OCM Luxembourg Coppice Midco S.à r.l. (“Midco”) was a Group reconstruction with no change in the ultimate ownership 
of the Group. All the shareholdings in Midco were exchanged via a share-for-share transfer on 11 February 2016. The Company did not actively trade 
at the time. 

The result of the application of the capital reorganisation is to present the financial statements as if the Company had always owned the Group – the 
financial statements have been presented as a continuation of Midco.

2. Critical accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) requires the Directors to make estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, expenses and related disclosures. 

Critical accounting judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, the Directors have made no individual judgements that have 
a significant impact on the financial statements, apart from those involving estimates which are described below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Estimates and underlying assumptions affecting the financial statements are based on historical experience and other relevant factors and are reviewed 
on an ongoing basis. This approach forms the basis of making judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. Changes in accounting estimates may be necessary if there are changes in the circumstances on which the estimate was based 
or as a result of new information. Such changes are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised. 

The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value of assets and liabilities are described below.

Estimation of site profitability
In order to determine the profit or loss that the Group recognises on its developments and construction contracts in a specific period, the Group 
allocates the total cost of each development, or construction contract between the proportion completing in the period and the proportion to 
complete in a future period. The assessment of the total costs to be incurred requires a degree of estimation due to the long-term nature of the 
Group’s activities and because actual costs are subject to market fluctuations. Group management has established internal controls to review and 
ensure the appropriateness of estimates made on an individual development or contract basis.

Carrying value of inventory
Inventory generated through the normal course of business is recorded at the lower of cost and net realisable value. A financial appraisal is prepared 
and updated monthly for each development, which records an estimate of future revenues and expenditure. As both future cost and sales prices 
fluctuate in line with local market conditions, significant adverse variances in either costs or sales prices estimates could lead to an impairment of inventory. 
In circumstances where forecast revenues are lower than anticipated expenditure, an inventory provision is made. This inventory provision may be 
reversed in future periods when there is evidence of improved selling prices or reduced expenditure forecast on a development.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets comprise loans that have been advanced to homebuyers to assist in their purchase of property under historical shared 
equity schemes. The loans are generally secured by a second charge over the property and are either interest free or have interest chargeable from the 
fifth year onwards.

The loans are held at fair value, which is based on an estimate of the future cash flows from the loans. The estimate considers the value of the 
property based upon market conditions, including potential future house price increases, and possible borrower default. The loans are discounted at an 
interest rate equivalent to that which would be payable for equivalent loans made against property by a third party.

3. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These financial statements for the year to 30 September 2017 are those of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. It has been prepared in accordance 
with the IFRS as endorsed by the European Union, IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) interpretations and those parts of the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in Sterling and rounded to the nearest £0.1m under the historical cost convention, 
except for available-for-sale financial assets and share-based payments.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 39. 
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described on pages 26 to 29 of the Strategic Report. 
Further disclosures regarding borrowings are provided in Note 23. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 201789

3. Accounting policies continued
Going concern continued
As described in the Viability Statement, the Directors have assessed the prospects and viability of the Company over a three-year period to September 
2020. The Board has performed a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Company, including those risks that would threaten Countryside’s 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

Having considered the Group’s cash flow forecasts, the Directors are satisfied the Group has sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom to enable the 
Group to conduct its business and meet its liabilities as they fall due for at least the next 12 months. Accordingly these financial statements are 
prepared on a going concern basis.

New standards, amendments and interpretations
No new standards, amendments or interpretations effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on 1 October 2016 have had a material 
impact on the financial statements.

The following amendments to standards and interpretations which will be relevant to the preparation of the Group’s financial statements have been 
issued, but are not effective and have not been early adopted for the financial year beginning 1 October 2017:

• 

• 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, on ‘Classification and Measurement’ (effective 1 October 2018) addresses the classification, measurement 
and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement 
of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for 
financial assets: amortised cost, fair value through Other Comprehensive Income and fair value through Profit and Loss (“P&L”). The impact of IFRS 9 is 
being assessed by management. The principal change identified is that gains and losses on shared equity loans will no longer be recognised through the 
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income. It is not expected that this change will have a material impact on the reported results of the Group, 
but will introduce an element of volatility in the Group’s reported profit as the valuation of the shared equity loan portfolio changes.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (effective 1 October 2018) deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for 
reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising 
from an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of a good or service and thus has the ability to 
direct the use and obtain the benefits from the good or service. The standard replaces IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’ and 
related interpretations. 

 During the second half, the Group has undertaken a detailed exercise to determine whether IFRS 15 will have a material impact on the Group’s 
results. The new standard is effective for the Group for the 2019 financial year commencing on 1 October 2018. This exercise is substantially 
complete and we have not yet identified any areas of our business where we will see material changes to the way in which we currently recognise 
revenue, except as described below. 

 We are working with advisors and others in the industry to determine the appropriate treatment for the recognition of revenue on land sales to 
Registered Providers of social housing where separate construction activity is also performed for the Registered Provider. We understand that this 
matter is due to be considered by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee at their meeting on 22 November 2017. We 
expect to reach a conclusion on this in the first half of the 2018 financial year and will provide further narrative and quantative disclosure on the 
impact of the standard, if any, in our 2018 Annual Report. 

• 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (effective 1 October 2019) addresses the definition of a lease, recognition and measurement of leases and establishes principles for 
reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the leasing activities of both lessees and lessors. A key change arising from IFRS 16 
is that most operating leases will be accounted for on balance sheet for lessees. The standard replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’, and related interpretations. 
Whilst management’s full impact assessment of the introduction of IFRS 16 is not complete, the Group does not have a significant number of leases which 
relate principally to office buildings and leased company cars. The principal impact is likely to be the recognition of additional leasing assets and 
liabilities and the income statement impact is not expected to be material.

•  Amendments to IAS 7 and IAS 12 (effective 1 October 2018). These amendments require additional disclosures in the statement of cash flows 

and recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses respectively.

•  Amendment to IFRS 2 (effective 1 October 2018). This amendment clarifies the measurement for cash-settled, share-based payments and the 
accounting for modifications that change an award from cash settled to equity settled. It also introduces an exception to the principles in IFRS 2 
that will require an award to be treated as if it was wholly equity settled, where an employer is obliged to withhold an amount for the employee’s tax 
obligations associated with a share-based payment and pay that amount to the tax authority.

•  Amendment to IFRS 15 (effective 1 October 2018). These amendments comprise clarifications of the guidance on identifying performance 
obligations, accounting for licences of intellectual property and the principal versus agent assessment (gross versus net revenue presentation).

There are no IFRSs or IFRS IC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group for the 
financial year beginning 1 October 2017.

The Group has not applied the following amendments to standards which are EU endorsed but not yet effective:

•  Amendments to IFRS 11: Accounting for Acquisitions of Interest in Joint Operations

•  Amendments to IAS 1: Disclosure Initiative 

•  Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38: Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation

•  Amendments to IAS 27: Separate Financial Statements on the Equity Method

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2014 Cycle 

The Group is currently considering the impact of these amendments on the Group; however, it is anticipated they will be minimal and effects will 
principally relate to the amendment of current disclosures.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
90

3. Accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are entities which the Group has the power to control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, 
variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain economic benefits 
from its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are consolidated in the financial statements using the acquisition method of accounting from 
the date on which control is obtained up until the date that control ceases. 

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the income statement, the statement of changes in equity 
and the statement of financial position.

Where the accounting policies of a subsidiary or equity-accounted investee do not conform in all material respects to those of the Group, adjustments are 
made on consolidation to reflect the accounting policies of the Group.

Intragroup transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated in preparing the financial 
statements. Gains arising from transactions with joint arrangements and associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity.

Associate and joint ventures
An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence but does not exercise control or joint control. 
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. 

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11 investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or 
joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. 

Under the equity method of accounting, interests in the associate and joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise 
the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income. When the Group’s share of losses in an 
associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the associate or joint venture, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has 
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. 

Unrealised losses arising on transactions between the Group and its associate and joint ventures are eliminated unless the transaction provides 
evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. 

The Group funds its associate and joint ventures through a combination of equity investment and shareholder loans. The Directors review the recoverability 
of investments and shareholder loans for impairment annually. Where an investment is held in an associate or joint venture which has net liabilities, the 
investment is held at £Nil and other long-term interests, such as shareholder loans, are reduced by the value equal to the net liabilities, unless it has 
incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of its associate or joint ventures. 

Business combinations
All acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is the aggregate of the fair values of the assets 
transferred, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued at the date of acquisition. The consideration transferred includes the fair value 
of the asset or liability resulting from a deferred and contingent consideration arrangement.

Costs directly relating to an acquisition are expensed to the income statement. The identified assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at 
their fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of cost of acquisition over the aggregate fair value of the Group’s share of the net identified assets 
plus identified intangible assets is recorded as goodwill.

Intangible assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration on acquisition of a subsidiary over the interest in net fair value of the identifiable net assets and 
contingent liabilities acquired. If the total consideration transferred is less than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the difference is recognised 
directly in the income statement. 

An impairment review is carried out annually or when circumstances arise that may indicate an impairment is likely. The carrying value of goodwill is 
compared to its recoverable amount being the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. Any impairment is charged immediately 
to the income statement and is not subsequently reversed. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash generating units (“CGUs”), or 
groups of CGUs, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated 
represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 

Brands
The Group carries assets on the balance sheet for brands that have been acquired. Internally generated brands are not recognised. Cost is determined 
at acquisition as being directly attributable cost or, where relevant, by using an appropriate valuation method. Acquired brands are tested for impairment 
when a triggering event is identified. Acquired brands are amortised over a period of 20 years.

Software
Computer software that generates an economic benefit of greater than one year is recognised as an intangible asset and carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Computer software costs that are recognised as assets are amortised on a straight line basis over their economic useful life of four years. 
These are reviewed for impairment at such time as there is a change in circumstances by which the carrying value may no longer be recoverable.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 20173. Accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any applicable impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged at rates to write off the cost of the asset on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. The applicable 
annual rates are:

•  Plant and machinery 

20 per cent to 25 per cent

•  Fixtures and fittings 

10 per cent

The Group does not own any land or buildings considered to be non-trade related.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 

91

Financial assets 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: 

• 

loans and receivables; and 

•  available for sale. 

The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets 
at initial recognition. Financial assets are derecognised only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or the Group 
transfers substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are 
included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. These are classified as 
non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise “trade and other receivables” and “cash and cash equivalents” in the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative assets that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. 
They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of it within 12 months of the end of the 
reporting period. 

Equity share scheme loans are classified as available-for-sale financial assets and are initially recorded at fair value net of transaction costs. Fair value is 
assessed annually with gains and losses being recognised directly in the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income until the loan is repaid. 
The loans are discounted at an interest rate equivalent to market rate. On repayment the accumulated fair value, which had been recognised in the 
consolidated statement of changes in equity, is recognised in the income statement. If a loan is determined to be impaired, any impairment loss is 
recognised immediately in the income statement.

Increases in the fair value of available-for-sale assets are initially deferred and recorded within reserves. Reductions in the fair value of available-for-sale 
assets are recorded as a reduction in reserves, to the extent available, with any additional reduction recorded in the income statement. The net 
deferral of increases in fair value are disclosed in the available-for-sale reserve.

Inventories
Inventories are normally stated at cost (or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination) and held at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Costs comprise direct materials, applicable direct labour and those overheads incurred to bring the inventories to their present location and condition. 
Net realisable value represents estimated selling price less all estimated costs to sell, including sales and marketing costs.

Land options purchased are initially stated at cost. Option costs are written off over the remaining life of the option and are also subject to impairment 
review. Impairment reviews are performed when circumstances arise which indicate an impairment is likely, such as a refusal of planning permission. 
Any impairments are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Land inventory is recognised when the substantial risks and rewards of ownership transfer to the Group after unconditional exchange of contracts. 
Where land is purchased with deferred payment terms, a corresponding liability is recognised within trade and other payables.

Pre-contract expenditure is capitalised where it is probable that a contract will be signed or otherwise is recognised as an expense within costs of sales 
in the income statement.

Provisions for inventories are made, where appropriate, to reduce the value of inventories and work in progress to their net realisable value.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment. A provision for 
impairment is established when the carrying value of the receivable exceeds the present value of the future cash flows discounted using the original 
effective interest rate. The carrying value of the receivable is reduced and any impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. If collection is 
expected in one year or less, receivables are classified as current assets. If not, they are classified as non-current assets. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and other short-term deposits held by the Group with maturities of three months 
or less. Bank overdrafts are classified within current liabilities.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance92

3. Accounting policies continued
Trade payables 
Trade payables on normal terms are not interest bearing and are stated initially at their fair value and subsequently amortised cost. 

Where land is purchased on deferred settlement terms the land and associated liability are discounted to their fair value. The discount to fair value is 
amortised over the period of the credit term and charged to finance costs using the effective interest rate method. Changes in estimates of the final 
payment due are capitalised into inventory and, in due course, to cost of sales in the income statement.

Trade payables also include liabilities in respect of land overage where the Group is committed to make contractual payments to land vendors related 
to the performance of the development in the future. Land overage is estimated based on expected future cash flows in relation to relevant 
developments and, where payment will take place in more than one year, is discounted.

Deposits received from customers relating to sales of new properties are classified within current trade payables. 

Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are classified as non-current liabilities. 

Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded initially at their fair value and bank loans are reported net of direct transaction costs to the 
extent that borrowings are available for offset. Such instruments are subsequently carried at their amortised cost and finance charges, including premiums 
payable on settlement or redemption, are amortised over the term of the instrument using the effective interest rate method. The excess 
of unamortised borrowing costs is disclosed within prepayments.

Bank loans are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after 
the date of the statement of financial position. Overdrafts are classified as current liabilities.

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal obligation as a result of a past event which it is probable will result in an outflow of 
economic benefits that can be reliably estimated. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, the provision is discounted at the pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the liability. Provisions for onerous leases are recognised when the foreseeable net cash outflows on 
a lease exceed the benefits derived from the lease which has more than one year before expiring or option to exercise a break.

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in share premium as a deduction 
from the proceeds.

Where any Group company holds shares in the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental 
costs, is deducted from equity until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right 
to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Revenue 
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of applicable value-added tax, Stamp Duty Land Tax, rebates and 
discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group. Revenue and profit are recognised as set out below.

Private housing 
Revenue is recognised in the income statement on legal completion at the fair value of the consideration received. 

Part exchange 
In certain instances, property may be accepted in part consideration for a sale of a residential property. The fair value is established by independent 
surveyors, reduced for cost to sell. Differences between net proceeds received and fair value are recorded as a reduction/increase in cost of sales. The 
original sale is recorded in the normal way, with the fair value of the exchanged property replacing cash receipts.

Cash incentives
Cash incentives are considered to be a discount from the purchase price offered to the acquirer and are therefore accounted for as a reduction to revenue.

Land and commercial sales
Revenue is recognised when substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the land or commercial property transfer to the buyer, generally 
when there is an unconditional exchange of contracts. Revenue is measured as the fair value of consideration received or receivable.

Affordable housing contracts and design and build contracting
Contract revenue and costs are recognised in accordance with IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’. 

Where the outcome of a long-term contract can be estimated reliably, revenue and costs are recognised by reference to the stage of completion of 
the contract activity at the balance sheet date. This is normally measured by surveys of work performed to date. Variations in contract work, claims 
and incentive payments are included to the extent that it is probable that they will result in revenue and they are capable of being reliably measured.

Where the outcome of a long-term contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognised to the extent of contract costs incurred that 
it is probable will be recoverable. Contract costs are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. When it is probable that total 
contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised immediately in the income statement within cost of sales.

Project management services
Revenue earned for the provision of project management services, typically to the Group’s joint ventures and associate, are recognised on an accruals 
basis in line with the underlying contract.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 201793

3. Accounting policies continued
Cost of sales
For sales of private housing, the Group determines the value of inventory charged to cost of sales based on the total forecast cost of developing a site. 
Once the total expected costs of development are established they are allocated to individual plots to achieve a build cost per plot. These costs are 
recognised within cost of sales when the related revenue is recognised in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy.

To the extent that additional costs or savings are identified as the site progresses, these are recognised over the remaining plots unless they are specific 
to a particular plot, in which case they are recognised in the income statement at the point of sale.

For land and commercial property sales, cost of sales represents the carrying value of the related inventory on the Group’s statement of financial 
position and this is recognised within cost of sales when revenue is recognised in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy.

As outlined above, costs in relation to the sale of affordable housing and design and build contracts are recognised in accordance with IAS 11. 

Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 

Rentals payable and incentives receivable under operating leases are recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease. 

Finance costs and finance income
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs in relation to the Group’s debt facility are recognised on an accruals basis. Also included in borrowing costs is the amortisation of fees 
associated with the arrangement of the financing. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are 
accounted for on an accruals basis in the income statement using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the 
instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

The Group does not capitalise borrowing costs into developments.

Unwind of discounting
The finance cost associated with the time value of money on discounted receivables and payables is recognised within finance costs as the discount 
unwinds over the life of the relevant item.

Current and deferred income taxation 
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. 

Current taxation 
The current taxation payable is based on taxable profit for the period which differs from accounting profit as reported in the income statement because 
it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and those items never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability 
for current tax is measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax rates used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets 
and liabilities in a transaction which affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability 
is settled based upon tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in comprehensive 
income, except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity, or items 
charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and 
when the Group intends to settle the balances on a net basis.

Segment reporting 
Segment reporting is presented in the consolidated financial statements in respect of the Group’s business segments. Segmental reporting reflects the 
Group’s management structure and primary basis of internal reporting. 

Segmental results include items directly attributable to the segment, as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. 

The chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Group’s Executive Committee. The CODM reviews the Group’s internal 
reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The CODM assesses the performance of the operating segments based on 
underlying operating profit and tangible net operating asset values (“TNOAV”).

Pension obligations 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension plan. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed 
contributions to a separate entity. 

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense 
when they fall due.

Share-based payments
The Group provides benefits to employees (including Directors) of the Group in the form of equity-settled share-based payment transactions, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for rights over shares. For equity-settled share-based payments, the fair value of the employee 
services rendered is determined by reference to the fair value of the shares awarded or options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market 
vesting conditions. All share options are valued using an option-pricing model (Black Scholes or Monte Carlo). This fair value is charged to the income 
statement over the vesting period of the share-based payment scheme. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance94

3. Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments continued
Countryside Properties PLC invoices its subsidiary undertakings an amount equivalent to the fair value of the grant by the Company of options over its 
equity instruments to the employees of subsidiaries. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is 
recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity.

The Group does not operate any cash-settled share-based payment plans.

Adjusted measures
Certain items which do not relate to the Group’s underlying performance are presented separately in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income as non-underlying items where, in the judgement of the Directors, they need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their nature, size or 
incidence in order to obtain a clear and consistent presentation of the Group’s underlying business performance. As these non-underlying items can 
vary significantly from year to year they create volatility in reported earnings. In addition, the Directors believe that in discussing the performance of 
the Group, the results of joint ventures and associate should be proportionally consolidated, including the Group’s share of revenue, operating profit 
and TNOAV given their importance to the Group’s operations.

As such, the Directors believe that the “adjusted revenue”, “adjusted Group operating profit” and “adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share” 
measures presented provide a clear and consistent presentation of the underlying performance of the Group’s ongoing business for shareholders. 
Adjusted Group operating profit is not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with the “adjusted” or “underlying” profit 
measures of other companies.

Examples of material and non-recurring items which may give rise to disclosure as non-underlying items are:

• 

fees incurred in relation to business combinations or capital market transactions; 

•  adjustments to the statement of financial position that do not relate to trading activity such as the recognition and reversal of non-trade impairments; 

• 

the impact of material and non-recurring changes to discount rates;

•  accelerated write off of unamortised issue costs on the re-financing of borrowings; and

• 

the costs of Group restructuring exercises.

Share-based payment charges in respect of the pre-IPO Management Incentive Plan established during the year ended 30 September 2013 in connection 
with the acquisition of Copthorn Holdings Limited and its subsidiary companies by Oaktree Capital Management LLC were also treated as a non-underlying 
item in the prior year. This allows the underlying performance of the Group to be measured from period to period, due to the fact that full benefits 
of owning these shares are crystallised only following an exit event, such as the IPO.

Adjusted Group operating profit is one of the key measures used by the Board to monitor Group’s performance.

Dividends
Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have been established.

Dividends payable are recorded in the period in which they are approved or paid, whichever is earliest.

4. Segmental reporting
Segmental reporting is presented in respect of the Group’s business segments reflecting the Group’s management and internal reporting structure and 
is the basis on which strategic operating decisions are made by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision-Maker (“CODM”). The Group’s two business 
segments are Partnerships and Housebuilding. 

The Partnerships division specialises in medium to large-scale housing regeneration schemes delivering private and affordable homes in partnership with 
public sector land owners and operates primarily in and around London, the West Midlands and the North West of England.

The Housebuilding division develops large-scale sites, providing private and affordable housing on land owned or controlled by the Group, primarily 
around London and in the South-East of England, operating under both the Countryside and Millgate brands.

Segmental adjusted operating profit and segmental operating profit includes items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Central head office costs have been allocated between the segments using a percentage of revenue basis. Items below Group 
operating profit have not been allocated.

Segmental net assets and tangible net operating asset value includes items directly attributable to the segment as well as those that can be allocated on 
a reasonable basis with the exception of intangibles, and net cash or bank debt (excluding unamortised bank loan and arrangement fees).

Countryside operates entirely within the United Kingdom.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 20174. Segmental reporting continued
(a) Segmental income statement

Year ended 30 September 2017

Adjusted revenue including share of associate and joint ventures’ revenue

Share of associate and joint ventures’ revenue

Revenue

Segment result:

Adjusted operating profit including share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures 

Less: share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures 

Less: non-underlying items

Operating profit/(loss)

Year ended 30 September 2016

Adjusted revenue including share of associate and joint ventures’ revenue

Share of associate and joint ventures’ revenue

Revenue

Segment result:

Adjusted operating profit including share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures 

Less: share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures 

Less: non-underlying items

Operating profit/(loss)

(b) Segmental capital employed

Year ended 30 September 2017

Net assets1

TNOAV2

Year ended 30 September 2016

Net assets1

TNOAV2

95

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

Total
£m

476.7

(57.9)

552.1

(125.1)

418.8

427.0

79.4

(10.7)

—

68.7

91.5

(22.9)

—

68.6

—

—

—

(6.8)

—

(1.6)

(8.4)

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

349.9

(36.7)

313.2

56.8

(7.0)

2.6

52.4

427.1

(69.0)

358.1

68.1

(18.3)

—

49.8

—

—

—

(2.4)

—

(12.5)

(14.9)

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

101.7

101.7

447.9

447.9

135.6 

—

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

103.3

103.3

422.2

422.2

67.4 

—

1,028.8

(183.0)

845.8

164.1

(33.6)

(1.6)

128.9

Total
£m

777.0

(105.7)

671.3

122.5

(25.3)

(9.9)

87.3

Total
£m

685.2

549.6

Total
£m

592.9

525.5

1.  Group items include intangible assets of £59.5m (2016: £58.9m), net of deferred tax of £1.3m (2016: £3.5m) and net cash of £77.4m (2016: £12.0m).

2.  TNOAV is calculated as net assets excluding the Group items described above.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance96

4. Segmental reporting continued
(c) Segmental other items

Year ended 30 September 2017

Investment in associate

Investment in joint ventures

Share of post-tax profit from associate and joint ventures

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment

Capital expenditure – software

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments

Year ended 30 September 2016

Investment in associate

Investment in joint ventures

Share of post-tax profit from associate and joint ventures

Capital expenditure – property, plant and equipment

Capital expenditure – software

Acquisitions

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payments

5. Employees and Directors 
(a) Staff costs for the Group during the year 

The aggregate remuneration for the employees and Directors of the Group comprised:

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs

Other pension costs (Note 5b)

Share-based payments – pre-IPO (Note 30)

Share-based payments – post-IPO (Note 30)

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

—

3.9

10.7

0.4

— 

0.4

—

2.6

54.9

19.0

0.4

— 

0.5

—

—

—

—

— 

2.3

1.7

5.1

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

Group items
£m

—

6.4

6.6

0.4

—

—

0.3

—

5.2

47.5

13.0

0.5

—

2.3

0.4

—

—

—

—

—

0.7

—

1.3

3.0

2017
£m

72.9

8.4

5.6

—

5.1

92.0

Total
£m

 2.6

58.8

29.7

0.8

2.3

2.6

5.1

Total
£m

 5.2

53.9

19.6

0.9

0.7

2.3

2.0

3.0

2016 
£m

58.3

6.9

2.6

1.9

1.1

70.8

The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) for the period for each of the Group’s principal activities was as follows:

Housebuilding and development 

Head office 

2017 
Number

2016 
Number

1,036

128

1,164

886

124

1,010

(b) Retirement benefits 
All the Group’s employees are entitled to join the Group’s defined contribution schemes, which are invested with Aegon. Annual contributions to these 
plans charged against income amounted to £3.6m (2016: £2.6m), of which £0.4m (2016: £0.2m) was outstanding at 30 September 2017. The Group 
does not operate any defined benefit pension schemes.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
5. Employees and Directors continued
(c) Directors’ emoluments 

Aggregate emoluments

(d) Emoluments of the highest paid Director

Aggregate emoluments

97

2017
£m

2.6

2017
£m

1.4

2016 
£m

2.5 

2016 
£m

1.4 

(e) Key management compensation 
The following table details the aggregate compensation paid in respect of the members of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, including 
the Executive Directors.

Wages and salaries

Accrued retirement benefits

Share-based payments

2017
£m

7.0

0.1

1.9

9.0

2016 
£m

4.5

0.1

1.5

6.1

Pension costs of £0.2m under defined contribution schemes are accrued as disclosed above. The disclosures of shares granted under the long-term 
incentive schemes are included in Note 30. 

6. Group operating profit
(a) Group operating profit is stated after charging

Staff costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net provisions against inventories

Inventories expensed to cost of sales 

Operating leases

Auditor’s remuneration

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor as detailed below:

Fees payable to Group’s auditor and its associates for the audit of parent and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to Group’s auditor and its associates for other services: 

– Audit of subsidiary companies

– Audit of joint ventures

– Audit-related services

– Other advisory services 

– Audit-related assurance and transaction services in relation to the IPO 

Note

5a

12

11

17

17

6a

2017
£m

92.0

0.9

1.7

0.5

2016 
£m

70.8

0.7

1.3

0.6

662.0

523.7

4.2

0.4

2017
£m

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

—

—

0.4

4.2

1.8

2016 
£m

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

1.3

1.8

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
 
 
 
 
98

6. Group operating profit continued
(b) Non-underlying items

Non-recurring items:

Restructuring expense

Advisory costs

Reversal of impairment of non-trade receivable 

Share-based payments – pre-IPO

Total non-underlying items included within administrative expenses

Impact of change in discount rate for deferred land and overage payments 

Impairment of unamortised loan arrangement fees

Total non-underlying items

2017
£m

1.6

—

—

—

1.6

7.6

—

9.2

2016 
£m

—

10.6

(2.6)

1.9

9.9

—

3.2

13.1

Restructuring expense
During the year, certain Group operations were restructured, principally the outsourcing of architecture and design services. As a result of this, a 
number of people left the Group at a cost of £1.6m.

Advisory fees
During the prior year, the Group engaged in corporate activity in relation to the listing of its ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange. Advisory 
costs of £Nil (2016: £10.6m) were incurred in relation to this activity. Additionally, £4.6m of IPO-related costs were charged to the share premium 
account in the prior year. These costs primarily relate to the fees of professional advisors.

Impairment of non-trade receivable 
In 2016, £2.6m was received resulting in a partial reversal of an impairment of a receivable recorded in 2015. 

Share-based payments – pre-IPO
In the year ended 30 September 2013, a Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the Board in which certain senior employees of Countryside 
Properties (UK) Limited, a subsidiary company, were invited to acquire shares issued by OCM Luxembourg Midco S.à r.l. This Plan was treated as a non-underlying item.

The Plan ended in 2016 as a result of the IPO; as such, no costs were incurred in relation to the Plan in 2017 (2016: £1.9m, of which £1.0m arose as 
a result of the IPO).

Impact of change in discount rate
From 1 April 2017, the discount rate applied to deferred land and overage payments was reduced from 6.0 per cent to 3.4 per cent to reflect the Group’s 
cost of debt. This resulted in a material, non-recurring finance cost of £7.6m (2016: £Nil) being recognised as an expense within non-underlying finance costs.

Impairment of unamortised loan arrangement fees
As described in Note 23, the Group refinanced in May 2016. As a result, unamortised debt finance costs in relation to the previous facility as at the 
refinancing date of £Nil (2016: £3.2m) were expensed as a non-underlying finance cost.

Taxation
A total tax credit of £1.8m (2016: £1.0m) in relation to all of the above non-recurring items was included within taxation in the income statement.

(c) Non-GAAP performance measures
The Directors believe that adjusted revenue (including share of revenue from associate and joint ventures), adjusted operating profit (including share 
of operating profit from associates and joint ventures) and underlying diluted and basic earnings per share measures presented provide a clear and 
consistent presentation of the underlying performance of the Group’s ongoing business for shareholders. These are not measures that are defined 
by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with the adjusted or underlying profit measures of other companies.

The following table reconciles revenue to adjusted Group revenue:

Revenue

Add: share of revenue from associate and joint ventures

Adjusted Group revenue 

The following table reconciles operating profit to adjusted Group operating profit:

Operating profit

Add: non-underlying items

Add: share of operating profit from associate and joint ventures

Adjusted Group operating profit 

2017
£m

845.8

183.0

1,028.8

2017
£m

128.9

1.6

33.6

164.1

2016 
£m

671.3

105.7

777.0

2016 
£m

87.3

9.9

25.3

122.5

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
 
 
7. Finance costs 

Bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on mandatory redeemable preference shares

Unwind of discount

Amortisation of debt finance costs

Impairment of interest receivable from joint venture

Adjusted finance costs

Impact of change in discount rate for deferred land and overage payments

Write off of unamortised debt arrangement fees

99

Note

23

6

2017
£m

3.0

—

5.1

0.6

2.0

10.7

7.6

— 

18.3

2016 
£m

5.2

16.5

4.8 

0.8 

— 

27.3 

—

3.2

30.5

Non-underlying finance costs of £7.6m (2016: £Nil) relate to a reduction in the discount rate applied to deferred land and overage payments from 
6.0 per cent to 3.4 per cent from 1 April 2017.

The mandatory redeemable preference shares accrued interest annually until redemption in February 2016.

8. Finance income

Interest receivable

Unwind of discount

9. Income tax expense 

Analysis of charge for the year 

UK corporation tax

Current year

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total UK current tax

Foreign tax

Luxembourg corporation tax

Total current tax

Deferred tax (Note 16)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Other differences

Total deferred tax

Income tax expense

2017
£m

— 

1.4

1.4

2017
£m

23.8

(0.9)

22.9

— 

22.9

2.1

(0.9)

1.2

24.1

2016 
£m

1.5 

0.8

2.3

2016 
£m

14.8

0.1

14.9

(0.1)

14.8

3.0

(0.5)

2.5

17.3

Changes to the UK corporation tax rates were substantively enacted as part of the Finance Bill 2016 on 15 September 2016. These include reductions 
to the main rate to 19.0 per cent from 1 April 2017 and to 17.0 per cent from 1 April 2020. This will reduce the Group’s future tax charge accordingly. 
Deferred taxes at the balance sheet date have been measured using the enacted rates that are expected to apply to the unwind of each asset or liability.

The tax assessed for the year is lower (2016: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom, which is 19.5 per cent 
(2016: 20.0 per cent). 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
100

9. Income tax expense continued
The table below shows the reconciliation of profit before tax to the income tax expense.

Profit before income tax

Tax calculated at the parent entity rate of tax: 19.5 per cent (2016: 20.0 per cent)

Adjustments to deferred tax due to reduction in UK tax rates

Associate and joint venture tax

Deferred tax charged directly to reserves

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Expenses not deductible for tax 

Temporary timing differences

Deferred tax not recognised

Transfer pricing adjustments

Foreign tax

Income tax expense

2017
£m

141.7

27.6

(0.3)

(1.9)

0.7

(1.8)

1.5

(1.7)

— 

— 

— 

2016 
£m

78.7

15.7

0.8

(1.3)

0.2

(1.6)

2.9

(0.3)

(0.2)

1.2

(0.1)

24.1

17.3

Adjustments in respect of prior periods
In both years presented the adjustments relate to the finalisation of entity tax computations following the signing of the Group financial statements. 

Expenses not deductible for tax
This includes disallowable accounting charges in respect of share-based payments and, in the case of the prior period, disallowable costs incurred in 
relation to the IPO, principally legal and advisory fees. 

Deferred tax recorded directly to equity
Tax of £0.7m (2016: £0.2m) was credited directly to equity in relation to share-based payments.

Legislative changes
In the March 2016 Budget the Government announced that it will introduce new rules to restrict the deductibility of net interest costs from 1 April 2017, 
and that from the same date the amount of taxable profits that can be offset by brought forward tax losses will be restricted to 50 per cent of those 
profits. As the proposed changes had not been substantively enacted by the end of the financial period to which these financial statements relate, their 
effects are not included in the tax notes. The overall effect of these changes would not have had a material impact on the financial statements, if they 
had been substantively enacted in the period.

10. Earnings per share 
Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue. In the prior year, the weighted average number of shares in issue was calculated from the date of the IPO to 30 September 2016. 
The weighted average number of shares, for 2016, has been stated as if the Group reorganisation had occurred at the beginning of the year. 

(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the parent (£m)

Basic weighted average number of shares (millions)

Basic earnings per share (pence per share)

Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)

Diluted earnings per share (pence per share)

2017

117.2

450.0

26.0

453.2

25.8

2016

61.1

450.0

13.6

450.2

13.6

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 201710. Earnings per share continued
(b) Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share 
Adjusted Group operating profit represents a key measure for the Group. Adjusted earnings per share excludes non-underlying items from Group 
profit as follows:

101

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the parent (£m)

Add: non-underlying items net of tax (£m)

Adjusted profit from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the parent (£m)

Basic weighted average number of shares (millions)

Basic adjusted earnings per share (pence per share)

Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (pence per share)

Non-underlying items net of tax include costs of £10.1m, net of tax of £2.0m (2016: costs of £13.1m, net of tax of £1.0m).

The above analysis represents a non-GAAP measure which has been included to assist understanding of the Group’s business.

11. Intangible assets 
Movement in intangible assets

2017

117.2

8.1

125.3

450.0

27.8

453.2

27.7

Cost

At 1 October 2015 

Additions

At 30 September 2016

Additions

At 30 September 2017

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 October 2015

Amortisation

At 30 September 2016

Amortisation

At 30 September 2017

Net book value

At 30 September 2017

At 30 September 2016

Software
£m 

Brand
£m 

Goodwill
£m 

—

0.7

0.7

2.3

3.0

—

0.1

0.1

0.5

0.6

2.4

0.6

24.2

—

24.2

—

24.2

2.5

1.2

3.7

1.2

4.9

19.3

20.5

37.8

—

37.8

—

37.8

—

—

—

—

—

37.8

37.8

2016

61.1

12.1

73.2

450.0

16.3

450.2

16.3

Total
£m

62.0

0.7

62.7

2.3

65.0

2.5

1.3

3.8

1.7

5.5

59.5

58.9

Goodwill
Goodwill relates to the acquisition of the Copthorn Holdings Group in April 2013 (£19.3m) and Millgate Developments in February 2014 (£18.5m). 
Both entities are considered to be cash generating units (“CGUs”). The goodwill balance is tested annually for impairment. The recoverable amount has 
been determined as the value in use of the business assessed on the current five-year cash flow forecasts. These forecasts are based on achieving the 
Group’s medium-term targets of 17 per cent operating margin and 28 per cent ROCE with appropriate growth rates applied in following years. Forecast 
revenue is based on a Board-approved five-year plan which takes into account current market trends and the Group’s growth plans. Cash flow beyond 
the five-year period is extrapolated using a growth rate of 2 per cent per annum. Cash flows generated by both CGUs are discounted using a pre-tax 
discount rate of 12.5 per cent, approved by the Board of Directors. 

Sensitivities
The recoverable value of both CGUs is substantially in excess of the carrying value of goodwill. Sensitivity analysis has been undertaken on each goodwill 
impairment review, by changing the discount rates, profit margins, growth rates and other variables applicable to each CGU. None of these sensitivities, 
either individually or combined, resulted in the recoverable amount of the goodwill being reduced to below its current carrying value. 

Brand
Brand relates to both the Countryside brand (£13.5m), acquired as part of the Copthorn Holdings Group in 2013, and the Millgate brand (£10.7m), 
acquired as part of Millgate Developments Limited in 2014. Both brands have been valued using the income method and are being amortised over a 
useful economic life of 20 years.

Amortisation expense in respect of the Group’s brands of £1.2m (2016: £1.2m) has been charged to administrative expenses.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
102

12. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost

At 1 October 2015

Additions

At 30 September 2016

Additions

At 30 September 2017

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 October 2015

Depreciation charge for the year

At 30 September 2016

Depreciation charge for the year

At 30 September 2017

Net book value

At 30 September 2017

At 30 September 2016

Depreciation expense of £0.9m (2016: £0.7m) has been charged to administrative expenses.

Plant and 
machinery
£m 

Fixtures and 
fittings
£m 

Total
£m 

5.0 

0.4

5.4

0.4

5.8

3.5 

0.5

4.0

0.6

4.6

1.2

1.4

3.2

0.5

3.7

0.4

4.1

2.2

0.2

2.4

0.3

2.7

1.4

1.3

8.2 

0.9

9.1

0.8

9.9

5.7 

0.7

6.4

0.9

7.3

2.6

2.7

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
13. Investment in joint ventures 
The Directors have aggregated disclosure of joint ventures’ statements of financial position and income statements on the basis that all of the joint 
ventures share a similar risk profile. The Group’s aggregate investment in its joint ventures is represented by:

103

Partnerships 
£m

Housebuilding 
£m

Summarised statement of financial position:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Cash 

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Reconciliation to carrying amount:

At 1 October

Profit for the year

Dividends paid

Capital contribution

Other movements

Disposal of joint venture

At 30 September

Summarised statement of comprehensive income:

Revenue

Expenses

Operating profit

Finance cost

Income tax

Profit for the year

Group’s share in per cent

Share of revenue

Share of operating profit

Dividends received by the Group

Investment in joint ventures

Partnerships
£m

Housebuilding
£m

—

45.8

1.3

(37.1)

(2.2)

0.8

321.5

16.1

(65.2)

(163.4)

Group
2017
£m

0.8

367.3

17.4

(102.3)

(165.6)

7.8

109.8

117.6

12.9

21.3

94.9

35.0

(27.5)

(21.7)

—

1.6

—

107.8

56.3

(49.2)

—

2.7

—

— 

1.1

—

7.8

115.7

(94.4)

21.3

—

—

21.3

109.8

117.6

240.3

(198.2)

42.1

(3.0)

(4.1)

35.0

356.0

(292.6)

63.4

(3.0)

(4.1)

56.3

50.0%

178.0

31.7

24.6

58.8

— 

53.2 

8.0 

(7.8)

(40.5)

12.9 

5.9 

13.2 

(6.2)

— 

— 

—

12.9 

73.3 

(59.4)

13.9 

(0.7)

— 

13.2 

Group
2016 
£m

0.1 

446.4 

8.3 

(45.1)

0.1 

393.2 

0.3 

(37.3)

(261.4)

(301.9)

94.9 

107.8

94.3 

24.0 

(21.2)

2.7 

(2.6)

(2.3)

94.9 

138.2 

(104.7)

33.5 

(6.1)

(3.4)

24.0 

100.2 

37.2 

(27.4)

2.7 

(2.6)

(2.3)

107.8 

211.5 

(164.1)

47.4 

(6.8)

(3.4)

37.2 

50.0%

105.7 

23.7 

13.6 

53.9 

The aggregate amount due from joint ventures is £67.9m (2016: £84.5m). The amount due to joint ventures is £0.3m (2016: £0.3m). Transactions 
between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed in Note 27.

The table below reconciles the movement in the Group’s net investment in joint ventures:

At 1 October 

Share of post-tax profit

Dividends paid

Other movements

At 30 September

2017
£m

53.9

28.1

(24.6)

1.4

58.8

2016
£m

50.1

18.6

(13.6)

(1.2)

53.9

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104

13. Investment in joint ventures continued
The Group’s investments in joint ventures, all of which are incorporated in the United Kingdom and are accounted for using the equity method, comprise:

Acton Gardens LLP

Brenthall Park (Commercial) Limited

Brenthall Park (Infrastructure) Limited

Brenthall Park (Three) Limited

Brenthall Park Limited

Cambridge Medipark Limited

CBC Estate Management Limited

C.C.B. (Stevenage) Limited

Countryside 27 Limited

Countryside L&Q (Oaks Village) LLP

Countryside Annington (Colchester) Limited (in liquidation)

Countryside Annington (Mill Hill) Limited

Countryside Properties (Accordia) Limited

Countryside Properties (Booth Street 2) Limited

Countryside Properties (Merton Abbey Mills) Limited

Countryside Properties (Salford Quays) Limited

Countryside Maritime Limited

Countryside Neptune LLP

Countryside Zest (Beaulieu Park) LLP

Greenwich Millennium Village Limited

iCO Didsbury Limited

Mann Island Estate Limited

Peartree Village Management Limited

Silversword Properties Limited

The Edge 1A Limited (in liquidation)

Woolwich Countryside Limited

Country of
incorporation

Ownership
interest
%

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

33.3

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

39.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

39.0

50.0

Principal
activity

Housebuilding

Non-trading

Dormant

Dormant

Non-trading

Commercial

Estate management

Non-trading

Commercial

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Commercial

Estate management

Dormant

Commercial

Non-trading

Non-trading

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 201714. Investment in associate
The Group holds 28.5 per cent of the ordinary share capital with pro-rata voting rights in Countryside Properties (Bicester) Limited, a company incorporated 
in the United Kingdom, whose principal activity is the sale of serviced parcels of land, and for segmental purposes is disclosed within the Housebuilding 
division. It is accounted for using the equity method. 

The Group’s investment in its associate is represented by:

105

Summarised statement of financial position:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Cash 

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Reconciliation to carrying amount:

At 1 October

Profit for the year

Dividends paid

At 30 September

Summarised statement of comprehensive income:

Revenue

Expenses

Operating profit

Finance income

Income tax

Profit for the year

Group’s share in per cent

Share of revenue

Share of operating profit

Dividends paid

Investment in associate

The amount due from the associate is £Nil (2016: £Nil).

Transactions between the Group and its associate are disclosed in Note 27. 

The below table reconciles the movement in the Group’s net investment in associate:

Reconciliation to carrying amount:

At 1 October

Share of post-tax profits

Dividends paid

At 30 September

The address of the registered office of the associate is Countryside House, The Drive, Brentwood, Essex CM13 3AT.

2017
£m

—

13.9

10.9

(15.4)

(0.4)

9.0

18.4

5.4

(14.8)

9.0

17.4

(10.7)

6.7

—

(1.3)

5.4

2016 
£m

1.5 

11.2 

19.8 

(14.1)

—

18.4 

14.6 

3.8 

— 

18.4 

17.7 

(12.0)

5.7 

0.1 

(2.0)

3.8 

28.5%

28.5%

5.0

1.9

(4.2)

2.6

2017
£m

5.2

1.6

(4.2)

2.6

5.0

1.6 

— 

5.2 

2016 
£m

4.2 

1.0 

— 

5.2 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
106

15. Available-for-sale financial assets

At 1 October

Additions from acquisitions

Increase/(decrease) in fair value

Unwind of discount

Redemptions

At 30 September

2017
£m

8.7

—

0.2

0.7

(2.2)

7.4

2016 
£m

10.5

0.5

(1.5)

0.7

(1.5)

8.7

The available-for-sale financial assets comprise loans advanced to homebuyers to assist in the purchase of their property under shared equity schemes. 
The loans are secured by either a first or second legal charge over the property and are either interest free or have interest chargeable from the fifth 
year onwards or tenth year onwards, dependent upon the scheme under which the loans were issued.

The assets are held at fair value, which represents the current market value of the properties held discounted to fair value, based on the redemption 
date of the loan. These loans are subject to credit risk, where loans may potentially not be repaid if the borrower defaults on repayment. An 
adjustment for credit risk is built into the calculation by using a discount rate equivalent for home loans, which rank behind mortgages. None of these 
financial assets are either past due or impaired.

The estimated value takes into consideration movements in house prices, the anticipated timing of the repayment of the asset and associated credit 
risk. As the precise valuation and timing of the redemption of these assets remains uncertain, the Group applies assumptions based upon current 
market conditions and the Group’s experience of actual cash flows resulting from these transactions. These assumptions are reviewed at the end of 
each financial year as part of the impairment review conducted by the Directors. The difference between the estimated future value and the initial fair 
value is credited to finance income over the term of the loan. 

Future house price inflation is assumed to be zero (2016: zero). The discount rate applied is 8.5 per cent (2016: 8.5 per cent), which the Directors 
believe approximates the cost of a second charge mortgage on similar properties. 

If UK house price inflation had been one per cent higher or lower, with all other variables held constant and excluding any effect of current or deferred 
tax, the value of shared equity would increase or decrease by £0.1m (2016: £0.1m) respectively, whilst if the discount rate used had been one per cent 
higher or lower, the value of these financial instruments would decrease or increase by £0.4m (2016: £0.5m) and £0.4m (2016: £0.5m), respectively. 
Changes in economic conditions will change the estimates made, therefore impacting the fair value of these loans.

The inputs used are by nature estimated and the resultant fair value has been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

16. Deferred tax assets

Amounts due to be recovered within one year

Amounts due to be recovered after more than one year

The movement in the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position was as follows:

At 1 October 2015

Charge to the income statement for the year 

Amount transferred to the statement of changes in equity

At 30 September 2016

Charge to the income statement for the year 

Amount transferred to the statement of changes in equity

At 30 September 2017

2017
£m

2.8

—

2.8

Losses
£m

Other 
£m

5.6

(3.2)

—

2.4

(1.5)

—

0.9

—

0.7

0.2

0.9

0.3

0.7

1.9

2016 
£m

1.8

1.5

3.3

Total 
£m

5.6 

(2.5)

0.2

3.3

(1.2)

0.7

2.8

A deferred tax asset of £0.9m (2016: £2.4m) has been recognised in respect of unutilised losses where realisation of the related tax benefit through 
future taxable profits is probable. Deferred tax assets of £1.9m (2016: £0.4m) in respect of share-based payments, and £Nil (2016: £0.5m) in respect 
of other short-term timing differences has also been recognised. Temporary differences arising in connection with interests in associate and joint 
ventures are not significant. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to losses where it is considered that they are not recoverable in the 
near future. The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £1.2m on historical losses of £7.0m (2016: £1.3m on losses of £7.4m). 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
 
 
17. Inventories

Development land and work in progress

Completed properties unlet, unsold or awaiting sale 

107

2017
£m

598.4

68.7

667.1

2016 
£m

550.6

33.0

583.6

The value of inventories expensed during the year and included in cost of sales was £662.0m (2016: £523.7m). During the year inventories were written 
down through cost of sales by £1.0m (2016: £1.2m). During the year, impairment of inventories in previous years amounting to £0.5m (2016: £0.6m), 
has been reversed due to improved market conditions. During the year provisions of £1.7m (2016: £1.1m) were utilised as inventory was consumed.

Total provisions against inventory at 30 September 2017 were £4.8m (2016: £6.0m).

Interest incurred on deferred land purchases amounting to £Nil (2016: £0.9m) was capitalised during the year to inventories.

18. Construction contracts

Contracts in progress at the reporting date:

Amounts due from contract customers included in trade and other receivables

Retentions held by customers for contract work included in trade and other receivables

Revenue generated from contracting activities during the year

Advances received

Retentions payable to suppliers included in trade and other payables

19. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade receivables 

Amounts recoverable on construction contracts

Amounts owed by joint ventures

Other taxation and social security

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Amounts falling due in more than one year:

Amounts recoverable on construction contracts

Trade receivables

Total trade and other receivables

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

21.6

10.3

150.9

17.7

22.6

2017
£m

21.5

27.5

67.9

5.4

0.9

15.6

28.1

10.0

174.1

18.6

16.9

2016 
£m

12.9

36.7

84.5

—

1.0

12.8

138.8

147.9

4.4

8.5

12.9

151.7

1.4

9.4

10.8

158.7

The Directors are of the opinion that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk (Note 29). The fair value of the financial assets is not 
considered to be materially different from their carrying value. The fair values are based on discounted cash flows and are within Level 3 of the fair 
value hierarchy.

Trade receivables at year end have been assessed for recoverability. A provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence of impairment, 
which is usually indicated by a delay in the expected cash flows or non-payment from customers. Trade receivables remaining outstanding past 
their due date are £1.3m (2016: £0.5m); however, none were impaired.

A provision of £8.0m (2016: £8.0m) has been made against amounts due from Countryside Neptune LLP, a joint venture, to reflect the Directors’ view 
of the recoverability of this advance.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
 
108

20. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents

Overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

2017
£m

77.4

—

77.4

2016 
£m

38.3

(26.3)

12.0 

Cash and cash equivalents of £77.4m (2016: £38.3m) comprise cash and short-term deposits held, of which £74.5m (2016: £36.6m) is available to 
offset against loans drawn under the Group’s revolving credit facility and overdrafts and £0.9m (2016: £Nil) is ring-fenced for specific developments. 
At the year end, all financial assets held were in Sterling.

Cash and cash equivalents available for offset
Within the revolving credit facility the Group has a £30m overdraft facility which can be drawn by any Group company which is in the pooling 
arrangement. Cash and overdrafts are presented on a gross basis in the statement of financial position.

21. Trade and other payables 

Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Advances due to joint ventures

Amounts falling due in more than one year:

Trade payables

Total trade and other payables

2017
£m

137.8

107.0

2.7

4.1

0.3

2016 
£m

99.3

71.4

2.7

3.8

0.3

251.9

177.5

84.4

336.3

109.0

286.5

Trade and other payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and land acquired on deferred terms. The Directors consider 
that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value, as the impact of discounting is not significant. Land acquired on deferred 
payment terms is discounted using an interest rate of 3.4 per cent (2016: 6.0 per cent). 

22. Provisions

At 1 October 

Provisions charged in the year

Provisions utilised during the year

Reclassification

At 30 September

Disclosed as current liabilities

Disclosed as non-current liabilities

2017
£m

1.5

0.2

(0.5)

1.4

2.6

0.6

2.0

2.6

2016 
£m

2.3

—

(0.8)

—

1.5

0.8

0.7

1.5

£1.0m (2016: £1.5m) relates to an onerous lease on a leasehold office property, and is calculated on the estimated cash flows over the remaining 
length of the lease, discounted at a risk-free rate. £1.4m has been reclassified from accruals during the year and relates to the Group’s potential 
obligations to rectify dilapidations of office buildings. 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
 
 
23. Borrowings

Bank loans

Bank loan and arrangement fees

109

2017
£m

—

—

—

2016 
£m

—

—

—

Bank loans
In May 2016, the Group signed a new £300m revolving credit facility with Lloyds Bank plc, Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank plc and Santander UK plc. 
The agreement has a variable interest rate based on LIBOR and expires in May 2021, although the Group has the opportunity to extend the term of 
the facility by a further two years. Subject to obtaining credit approval from the syndicate banks, the Group also has the option to extend the facility 
by a further £100m. This facility is subject to both financial and non-financial covenants and is secured by floating charges over all the Group’s assets. 
In May 2017, the Group exercised the first option to extend the facility by a further year to May 2022.

The carrying value of the loans drawn under both the old and new facilities is equal to their fair value. As the impact of discounting is not significant, 
the fair values are based on discounted cash flows and are within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. 

Bank loan arrangement fees are amortised over the term of the facility. As a result of the signing of the new facility agreement in the prior year, the 
unamortised loan arrangement fee for the previous facility of £3.2m was expensed to the income statement as a non-underlying finance cost in 2016 
(Note 6b). £2.8m of debt finance costs in 2016 were capitalised in relation to the new facility and a further £0.6m of debt finance costs were capitalised 
in relation to the May 2017 extension. At 30 September 2017, unamortised loan arrangement fees were £2.6m (2016: £2.5m) and £0.6m (2016: £0.8m) 
of debt finance costs are included in finance costs (Note 7). As the Group did not have any debt at 30 September 2017 or 30 September 2016, the 
unamortised loan arrangement fees are disclosed as a prepayment.

The Group has the following undrawn facilities:

Floating rate:

Expiring after more than one year

24. Reserves
(a) Share capital 

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

2017
£m

2016 
£m

300

300

Number of shares

2017
m

2016
m

2017
£m

2016 
£m

450

450

4.5

4.5

(b) Reserves
Cumulative net gains and losses recognised in the income statement and statement of changes in equity.

At 1 October 2015

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income 

Share-based payment

Group reorganisation

At 30 September 2016

Profit for the year

Dividends

Other comprehensive income 

Share-based payment

At 30 September 2017

Retained 
earnings
£m

Available-for-sale 
financial 
assets
£m

10.3

61.1

—

3.2

513.2

587.8

117.2

(30.6)

—

5.1

679.5

1.6

—

(1.5)

—

—

0.1

—

—

0.2

—

0.3

Total 
reserves
£m

11.9 

61.1

(1.5)

3.2

513.2

587.9

117.2

(30.6)

0.2

5.1

679.8

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
 
110

25. Notes to the cash flow statement
Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before taxation

Adjustments for:

– Depreciation charge

– Amortisation charge

– Non-cash items

– Share of post-tax profit from joint ventures and associate

– Share-based payment pre-tax

– Finance costs

– Impact of change in deferred land and overage payments

– Impairment of debt amortisation fees

– Finance income

– Profit on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets

Changes in working capital:

– Increase in inventories

– Increase in trade and other receivables

– Decrease in trade and other payables

– Increase/(decrease) in provisions for liabilities and charges

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

Note

2017 
£m

2016
£m 

141.7

78.7

12

11

13, 14

30

7

7

6

8

17

19

21

22

0.9

1.7

(1.2)

(29.7)

4.2

10.7

7.6

—

(1.4)

(0.3)

(3.9)

(8.2)

(45.0)

1.1

78.2

0.7

1.3

0.7

(19.6)

3.0

27.3

—

3.2

(2.3)

(1.3)

(38.5)

(13.0)

(54.2)

(0.8)

(14.8)

Non-cash items
Non-cash items primarily relate to net inventory provision credit amounting to £0.5m (2016: expense of £0.6m).

26. Investments 
The Company substantially owns directly or indirectly the whole of the issued and fully paid ordinary share capital of its subsidiary undertakings. 
Subsidiary undertakings of the Group at 30 September 2017 are presented below: 

Country of
incorporation

Voting rights 
%

Principal activity

Direct investment

Copthorn Holdings Limited

Indirect investment

Alma Estate (Enfield) Management Company Limited

Beaulieu Park Limited

Brenthall Park (One) Limited

Cliveden Village Management Company Limited

Copthorn 2009 Limited (in liquidation)

Copthorn Finance Limited (in liquidation)

Copthorn Limited (in liquidation)

Countryside 26 Limited

Countryside 28 Limited

Countryside Build Limited

Countryside Cambridge One Limited

Countryside Cambridge Two Limited

Countryside Commercial & Industrial Properties Limited

Countryside Developments Limited

Countryside Eight Limited

Countryside Four Limited

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Holding company

Estate Management

Dormant

Dormant

Estate Management 

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Dormant

Holding Land

Holding Land

Dormant 

Dormant

Dormant

Holding Company

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 201726. Investments continued

Countryside Investments Limited

Countryside Properties (Commercial) Limited

Countryside Properties (Holdings) Limited

Countryside Properties (In Partnership) Limited

Countryside Properties (Joint Ventures) Limited

Countryside Properties Land (One) Limited

Countryside Properties Land (Two) Limited

Countryside Properties (London & Thames Gateway) Limited

Countryside Properties (Northern) Limited

Countryside Properties (Southern) Limited

Countryside Residential (South Thames) Limited

Countryside Properties (Special Projects) Limited

Countryside Properties (Springhead) Limited 

Countryside Properties (Uberior) Limited

Countryside Properties (UK) Limited

Countryside Residential Limited

Countryside Residential (South West) Limited

Countryside Seven Limited

Countryside Sigma Limited

Countryside Thirteen Limited

Countryside (UK) Limited

Dunton Garden Suburb Limited

Knight Strategic Land Limited

Harold Wood Management Limited

Lakenmoor Ltd

Mandeville Place (Radwinter) Management Limited

Millgate Developments Limited 

Millgate Homes Limited 

Millgate Homes UK Limited 

Millgate (UK) Holdings Limited

Newhall Land Limited

Oaklands Hamlet Resident Management Limited

Skyline 120 Management Limited

Skyline 120 Nexus Management Limited

Springhead Resident Management Company Limited

South at Didsbury Point Two Management Limited

Trinity Place Residential Management Company Limited

Urban Hive Hackney Management Limited

Wychwood Park Golf Club Limited

Wychwood Park (Holdings) Limited

Wychwood Park (Management) Limited 

111

Country of
incorporation

Voting rights 
%

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

74.9

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Principal activity

Dormant

Dormant

Holding Company

Housebuilding

Holding Company

Holding Land

Holding Land

Dormant

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Dormant

Dormant

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Dormant

Land Promotion

Land Promotion

Estate Management

Dormant

Estate Management

Housebuilding

Dormant

Dormant

Holding Company

Housebuilding

Estate Management

Estate Management

Estate Management

Estate Management

Estate Management

Estate Management 

Estate Management

Dormant

Estate Management

Estate Management 

All subsidiaries are fully consolidated, after eliminating intergroup transactions. The address of the registered office of all the subsidiaries is Countryside House, 
The Drive, Brentwood, Essex CM13 3AT. The non-controlling interest relates to Countryside Sigma Limited.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance112

27. Related party transactions 
Transactions with Group joint ventures and associate

Sales during the year

At 1 October

Net (repayments)/advances during the year

At 30 September

Joint ventures

 2017
£m

24.0

84.2

(16.6)

67.6

2016
£m 

26.2

62.1

22.1

84.2

Associate

2017
£m 

1.1

—

—

—

2016
£m

0.7

—

—

—

Included within the advances movement are non-cash items of £(0.7)m (2016: £(0.7)m) relating to deferred revenue and £1.1m (2016: £(1.3)m) relating 
to joint ventures reporting net liabilities.

The transactions noted above are between the Group and its joint ventures and associate whose relationship is described in Note 13 and 
Note 14 respectively.

Sales of goods and services to related parties were made at the Group’s usual list prices. No purchases were made by the Group from its joint 
ventures or associate. The amounts outstanding ordinarily bear no interest and will be settled in cash. 

Remuneration of key management personnel
The aggregate remuneration of the Executive Committee, who are considered to be key management personnel of the Group, was £7.1m 
(2016: £6.1m). During the year, the Executive Committee was expanded as described on page 44.

Transactions with key management personnel
In 2014, properties were sold at market value by the Group to parties related to key management personnel who continue to lease them back to the 
Group. Payments under those leases were made to the individuals as follows:

•  Close family members of Ian Sutcliffe received £17,250 (2016: £17,250).

•  A company of which Graham Cherry, a member of the Group’s Executive Committee, is a Director and shareholder received £21,000 (2016: £21,000).

In 2016 a close family member of Ian Sutcliffe jointly purchased a property from Acton Gardens LLP, an entity in which the Group has a 50 per cent 
interest, at market value of £530,000.

In 2016, a close family member of Ian Sutcliffe and a close family member of Graham Cherry were employed by a subsidiary of the Group. Both 
individuals were recruited through the normal interview process and are employed at salaries commensurate with their experience and roles. The 
combined annual salary and benefits of these individuals is less than £100,000 (2016: less than £100,000).

28. Financial instruments 
The following tables categorise the Group’s financial assets and liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position:

2017

Assets 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables 

Amounts due from associate and joint ventures

Cash and cash equivalents 

2016

Assets 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables 

Amounts due from associate and joint ventures

Cash and cash equivalents 

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

Available 
for sale
£m

—

61.9

67.9

77.4

207.2

—

60.4

84.5

38.3

183.2

7.4

—

—

—

7.4

8.7

—

—

—

8.7

Total
£m

7.4

61.9

67.9

77.4

214.6

8.7

60.4

84.5

38.3

191.9

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
 
28. Financial instruments continued

2017 

Liabilities

Overdrafts

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)

Amount due to joint ventures

2016 

Liabilities

Overdrafts

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)

Amount due to joint ventures

113

Other financial
 liabilities at
 amortised cost
£m

—

229.0

0.3

229.3

26.3

 214.9

0.3

 241.5

Fair value estimation
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows: 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly 
(that is, derived from prices).

Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). The key assumptions used in Level 3 
valuations include house price movements, the expected timing of receipts, credit risk and discount rates. Future house price inflation is assumed to be 
zero (2016: zero). The discount rate applied was 8.5 per cent (2016: 8.5 per cent) which Directors believe approximates the cost of a second charge 
mortgage on similar properties. Techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis, have been used to determine fair value for the Level 3 financial 
instruments.

The following table presents the Group’s assets that are measured at fair value at 30 September:

2017

Assets

Available-for-sale financial assets

2016

Assets 

Available-for-sale financial assets

Level 1
£m 

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m 

Total
£m

—

—

—

—

7.4

7.4

8.7

8.7

There were no transfers between levels during the year. 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by using valuation 
techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific 
estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. If one or more of the 
significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3.

The fair values of the financial instruments that are measured at amortised cost is not shown, because the difference is not material.

29. Financial risk management
The main financial risks associated with the Group have been identified as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, housing market risk and credit risk. The Directors 
are responsible for managing these risks and the policies adopted are set out below.

Liquidity risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of equity (Company share capital, reserves and retained earnings) and debt (bank loan facilities). 
The Group manages its liquidity risk by monitoring its existing facilities for both financial covenant and funding headroom against forecast requirements 
based on short-term and long-term cash flow forecasts.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
 
114

29. Financial risk management continued
Maturity analysis
The following table sets out the contractual undiscounted maturities including estimated cash flows of the financial assets and liabilities 
(excluding financial derivatives) of the Group at 30 September: 

Less than
one year
£m

One to two
years
£m 

Two to five
years
£m 

Over five
years
£m

Total 
£m 

2017

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Available-for-sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Amounts due from joint ventures and associate

2017

Liabilities

Overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Amounts due to joint ventures

Provisions

2016

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Available-for-sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Amounts due from joint ventures and associate

2016

Liabilities

Overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Amounts due to joint ventures

Provisions

77.4

0.9

69.5

67.9

215.7

—

253.3

0.3

0.6

254.2

38.3

—

49.6

84.5

172.4

26.3

102.2

0.3

0.8

129.6

—

2.3

10.8

—

13.1

—

50.3

—

1.4

51.7

—

1.1

5.9

—

7.0

—

48.8

—

0.5

49.3

—

4.9

2.5

—

7.4

—

38.2

— 

0.6

38.8

—

6.0

4.7

—

10.7

—

75.8

—

0.2

76.0

—

5.8

—

—

5.8

—

0.3

—

—

0.3

—

9.1

0.2

—

9.3

—

1.6

—

—

1.6

77.4

13.9

82.8

67.9

242.0

—

342.1

0.3

2.6

345.0

38.3

16.2

60.4

84.5

199.4

26.3

228.4

0.3

1.5

256.5

Cash and cash equivalents includes £74.5m (2016: £36.6m), which is available for offset against loans drawn under the Group’s revolving credit facility 
and overdrafts.

Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk reflects the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in the market. This risk arises from bank loans that are drawn under the 
Group’s loan facilities with variable interest rates based upon UK LIBOR. For the year ended 30 September 2017 it is estimated that an increase by 
0.5 per cent in interest rates would have decreased the Group’s profit before tax by £0.4m (2016: £0.7m).

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017 
29. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk continued
The following table sets out the interest rate risk associated with the Group’s financial liabilities at 30 September 2017:

115

2017 

Liabilities

Bank loans and finance cost

Trade and other payables

Amounts due to joint ventures

2016 

Liabilities

Bank loans and finance cost

Trade and other payables

Amounts due to joint ventures

Fixed rate
£m 

Floating rate
£m 

Non-interest 
bearing
£m 

Total
£m 

—

—

—

—

—

32.2

—

32.2

—

—

—

—

26.3

—

—

26.3

—

229.0

0.3

229.3

—

182.7

0.3

183.0

—

229.0

0.3

229.3

26.3

214.9

0.3

241.5

The financial assets of the Group amounting to £215.7m (2016: £191.9m) with the exception of cash and cash equivalents amounting to £77.4m 
(2016: £38.3m) are all non-interest bearing.

The Group has no exposure to foreign currency risk.

Housing market risk
The Group is affected by price fluctuations in the UK housing market. These are in turn affected by the wider economic conditions such as mortgage 
availability and associated interest rates, employment and consumer confidence. Whilst these risks are beyond the Group’s ultimate control, risk is 
spread across business activities undertaken by the Group and the geographic regions in which it operates. We have considered the sensitivity in 
relation to available-for-sale financial assets, which is detailed in Note 15.

Credit risk
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is limited solely to the United Kingdom for housebuilding activities and by the fact that the Group receives cash at 
the point of legal completion of its sales.

The Group’s remaining credit risk predominantly arises from trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents.

Loans receivable from financial assets held for sale are those advanced to homebuyers to assist in their purchase of property under the shared equity 
schemes. The loans are secured by either a first or second charge over the property and are held at fair value.

Trade receivables on deferred terms arise from land sales. The amount deferred is secured by a charge over the land until such time payment is received.

Trade and other receivables comprise mainly the amounts receivable from the Homes and Communities Agency in relation to the Help to Buy scheme, 
housing associations, joint ventures and the associate. The Directors consider the credit rating of the various debtors is good in respect of the amounts 
outstanding and therefore credit risk is considered to be low.

Cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments are held with UK clearing banks which are either A or A- rated.

Capital management
The Group’s policies seek to protect returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will continue to trade profitably in the foreseeable future. 
The Group also aims to optimise its capital structure of debt and equity so as to minimise its cost of capital. The Group manages its capital with 
regard to the risks inherent in the business and the sector within which it operates by monitoring its actual cash flows against bank loan facilities, 
financial covenants and the cash flow forecasts approved by the Directors.

Total borrowings

Less: cash and cash equivalents available for offset

Net borrowings

Total equity

Total capital

2017
£m

—

—

—

685.2

685.2

2016
£m 

—

—

—

592.9

592.9

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance 
116

30. Share-based payments
The Group recognised £5.1m (2016: £3.0m) of employee costs related to share-based payment transactions during the financial year. A deferred tax 
asset of £1.9m (2016: £0.4m) was recognised in relation to these transactions, of which £0.8m (2016: £0.2m) was credited to the income statement 
and £0.7m (2016: £0.2m) was credited directly to equity. 

National Insurance contributions are payable in respect of certain share-based payment transactions and are treated as cash-settled transactions. 
The cost of these contributions is included within the share-based payment expense. At 30 September 2017, the carrying amount of National Insurance 
contributions payable was £1.2m (2016: £0.2m), which was recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position within accruals. 

The Group operated a number of share-based payment schemes during the financial year (all of which are equity-settled) as set out below: 

(a) Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (“SRSOS”)
The Group operates an SRSOS, which is open to all employees with more than three months’ continuous service. This is a UK tax-advantaged “SAYE” plan.

Under the SAYE, eligible participants are granted options over such number of shares as determined by reference to their monthly savings contract over 
three years. Participants remaining in the Group’s employment at the end of the three-year savings period are entitled to use their savings to purchase 
shares in the Company at a stated exercise price (set at a discount of up to 20 per cent of the share price on the day preceding the date of grant). 
Employees leaving for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their cessation of employment. 
At 30 September 2017, employees held 760 three-year savings contracts (2016: 650) in respect of options over 3.0 million shares (2016: 2.8 million). 254 
employees subscribed to the December 2016 offer, representing a participation rate of 23 per cent of eligible employees (February 2016: 691 
employees, 70 per cent). The reduction in the participation rate was due to the high number of employees subscribing for the maximum allowed 
amount in February 2016. A reconciliation of option movements is shown below. 

Options granted during the year were valued using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions or assumptions regarding 
service were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are 
detailed in the table below.

Date of grant

Options granted (millions)

Share price at date of grant (pence)

Exercise price (pence)

Volatility (per cent)

Option life (years)

Expected dividend yield (per cent)

Risk-free rate (per cent)

Fair value per option – Black Scholes (pence)

Movements in the year

Options outstanding at 1 October 2015

Granted

Lapsed

Forfeited

Options outstanding at 30 September 2016

Granted

Lapsed

Forfeited

Outstanding at 30 September 2017

22 December
2016

16 March
 2016

0.8

236

192

28

3

3.0

1.0

55

3.0

240

192

29

3

3.0

1.0

57

Instruments
m

Instruments
m

—

—

—

—

—

0.8

—

(0.1)

0.7

—

3.0

—

(0.2)

2.8

—

(0.1)

(0.4)

2.3

The resulting fair value is expensed over the service period of three years, on the assumption that 45 per cent of options will lapse over the service 
period as employees leave the Company based on the Group’s experience of employee attrition rates.

As the first two awards of options under the scheme were made in the current and prior years, none of the options are currently exercisable. 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at 30 September 2017 was 1.6 years (2016: 2.4 years). 

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 201730. Share-based payments continued
(b) Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
Under the LTIP, shares are conditionally awarded to senior managers of the Company. The core awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ 
salaries and scaled according to grade. The awards granted in 2016 and 2017 are assessed against ROCE, TNAV and relative TSR. Straight line vesting 
will apply if performance falls between two thresholds. Performance will be measured at the end of the three-year performance period. If the required 
level of performance has been reached, the awards vest and the shares under award will be released. Dividends do not accrue on the shares that vest.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of LTIP awards outstanding at 30 September 2017 was 1.8 years. Details of the shares conditionally 
allocated at 30 September 2017 are set out below.

The conditional shares were valued using the following methods:

• 

• 

for the non-market-based elements of the award, a combination of a Black Scholes option-pricing model; and

for the relative TSR elements of the award, a Monte Carlo simulation model.

The key assumptions underpinning the Black Scholes option-pricing model and Monte Carlo simulation model are set out in the table below.

117

Date of grant

Awards granted (millions)

Share price at date of grant (pence)

Exercise price (pence)

Volatility (per cent)

Award life (years)

Expected dividend yield (per cent)

Risk-free rate (per cent)

Fair value per conditional share – Black Scholes (pence)

Fair value per conditional share – Monte Carlo (pence)

Movements in the year

Awards outstanding at 1 October 2015

Granted

Lapsed

Awards outstanding at 30 September 2016

Granted

Lapsed

Awards outstanding at 30 September 2017

No awards under the plan have vested. 

22 May 
2017

15 December
2016

18 February
2016

0.2

299

nil

28

3

3.0

1.0

255

153

3.7

236

nil

28

3

3.0

1.0

216

132

3.8

237

nil

29

3

3.0

1.0

219

140

Instruments
m

Instruments
m

Instruments
m

—

—

—

—

0.2

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

3.7

(0.3)

3.4

—

3.8

(0.2)

3.6

—

(0.2)

3.4

(c) Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)
Under the DBP, certain senior managers and Directors of the Company receive one-third of their annual bonus entitlement as a conditional share 
award. The number of shares awarded is calculated by dividing the value of the deferred bonus by the average mid-market share price on the three 
business days prior to grant. The shares vest after three years subject to the employee remaining in the employment of the Group. If an employee 
leaves during the three-year period, the shares are forfeited except in certain circumstances as set out in the Plan rules.

The fair value of the awards is equal to the share price on the date of grant. The fair value is expensed to the income statement in a straight line over 
four years, being the year in which the bonus is earned and the three-year holding period.

During the year, 0.5 million shares were conditionally allocated on 15 December 2016 (2016: nil) with the share price on the date of grant being £2.42. 
A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Forfeited

Exercised

Expired

Outstanding at the end of the year

2017
Number
of shares 
m

—

0.5

—

—

—

0.5

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance118

30. Share-based payments continued
(d) Legacy Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”)
Prior to IPO, Ian Sutcliffe and Rebecca Worthington participated in the MIP under which participants were awarded shares in OCM Luxembourg 
Coppice Midco S.à r.l. (“Midco”). These interests were purchased at fair value, determined by a third party.

Immediately prior to IPO, any shares in Midco held by the participants were exchanged for new shares in Countryside Properties PLC. 
On 17 February 2016, the awards vested when the Company was admitted to the London Stock Exchange. No further performance or employment 
conditions are attached to these shares, save for a requirement not to sell for a period of one year following the IPO. 36.5m shares vested under the 
awards. The residual shareholding for Ian Sutcliffe and Rebecca Worthington at 30 September 2017 is disclosed as part of the total shareholding in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

31. Operating lease commitments
The Group has various leases under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are between one and 20 years, and the majority of 
lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.

The Group also leases various vehicles, under cancellable lease agreements. The Group is required to give a six-month notice for termination of these 
agreements. The lease expenditure charged to the income statement during the year is disclosed in Note 6.

At 30 September the future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases were as follows: 

Within one year

Later than one year and less than five years

After five years

 2017
£m

4.3

7.2

2.4

13.9

2016
£m

4.0

8.5

1.6

14.1

32. Capital commitments
The Group was not committed to the purchase of any property, plant and equipment or software intangible assets at 30 September 2017 (2016: £Nil).

33. Parent company guarantees
The Group has made parent company guarantees to its joint ventures and associate in the ordinary course of business.

The Group has entered into counter indemnities to banks, insurance companies, statutory undertakings and the National House Building Council in 
the ordinary course of business, including those in respect of joint venture partners from which it is anticipated that no material liabilities will arise.

34. Litigation and claims 
The Group is subject to various claims, audits and investigations that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. These matters include but are 
not limited to employment and commercial matters. The outcome of all of these matters is subject to future resolution, including the uncertainties 
of litigation. Based on information currently known to the Group and after consultation with external lawyers, the Directors believe that the ultimate 
resolution of these matters, individually and in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Group’s financial condition.

35. Dividend
The following dividends have been recognised as distributions in the year:

Prior year final dividend per share of 3.4 pence (2016: £Nil)

Current year interim dividend per share of 3.4 pence (2016: £Nil)

 2017
£m

15.3

15.3

30.6

2016
£m

—

—

—

The Board of Directors recommend a final dividend of 5.0 pence per share, amounting to a total dividend of £22.5m (2016: £15.3m) which will 
be paid on 9 February 2018 to shareholders on the register on 22 December 2017, subject to shareholder approval. The expense has not been 
recognised in these financial statements as the shareholders’ right to receive the dividend had not been established at 30 September 2017.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedFor the year ended 30 September 2017Parent company statement of financial position
As at 30 September 2017

Fixed assets

Investments

Current assets

Debtors

Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Capital and reserves

Retained earnings:

At 1 October 

Loss for the year

Dividends paid

Other changes in retained earnings

Called up share capital

Total equity

Notes

2017
£m

2016
£m

119

4

5

6

7

727.0

727.1

74.7

0.6

(99.7)

(24.4)

702.6

726.9

(2.6)

(30.6)

4.4

698.1

4.5

702.6

87.5

—

(83.2)

4.3

731.4

—

(11.2)

—

738.1

726.9

4.5

731.4

The notes on pages 121 to 124 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 21 November 2017 and are signed on its behalf by:

Ian Sutcliffe 
Director   

Rebecca Worthington
Director

Company Registration No. 09878920

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceParent company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 September 2017

120

At 18 November 2015

Period ended 30 September 2016:

Loss for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Group reorganisation

At 30 September 2016

Loss for the year

Dividends paid

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Share-based payment expense

At 30 September 2017

Called up share 
capital
£m

Profit and 
loss account
£m

Total equity 
£m

—

—

—

4.5

4.5

—

—

4.5

— 

4.5

—

—

(11.2)

(11.2)

738.1

726.9

(2.6)

(30.6)

(33.2)

4.4 

(11.2)

(11.2)

742.6

731.4

(2.6)

(30.6)

(33.2)

4.4

698.1

702.6

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Notes to the parent company financial statements
For the year ended 30 September 2017

121

1. Accounting policies
Company information
Countryside Properties PLC was incorporated on 18 November 2015 to serve as a holding company for the purposes of listing on the London Stock 
Exchange. Countryside Properties PLC was admitted to the premium segment of the London Stock Exchange on 17 February 2016.

The Company was incorporated as part of the Group’s reorganisation before IPO, further details of which can be found in Note 1 of the Group 
financial statements on page 88. Countryside Properties PLC is a limited company domiciled and incorporated in England and Wales. The registered 
office is Countryside House, The Drive, Brentwood, Essex CM13 3AT.

1.1 Accounting convention
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland’ and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. As the Company has not previously prepared financial statements, no comparatives have 
been presented, no transition exemptions or exceptions have been applied and no reconciliations are presented.

FRS 102 allows a qualifying entity certain disclosure exemptions, subject to certain conditions which have been complied with, including notification of, 
and no objection to, the use of exemptions by the Company’s shareholders.

The Company has taken advantage of the following exemptions:

i. from preparing a statement of cash flows, on the basis that it is a qualifying entity and the consolidated statement of cash flows, included in these 
financial statements, includes the Company’s cash flows;

ii. from the financial instrument disclosures, required under FRS 102 paragraphs 11.39 to 11.48A and paragraphs 12.26 to 12.29, as the information is 
provided in the consolidated financial statement disclosures;

iii. from disclosing share-based payment arrangements, required under FRS 102 paragraphs 26.18(c), 26.19 to 26.21 and 26.23, concerning its own 
equity instruments. The Company financial statements are presented with the consolidated financial statements and the relevant disclosures are 
included therein; and

iv. from disclosing the Company key management personnel compensation, as required by FRS 102 paragraph 33.7.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the parent company’s profit and loss account has not been presented in these financial 
statements. The loss for the year was £2.6m (2016: £11.2m from the period from incorporation to 30 September 2016).

The financial statements are prepared in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Company, and are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds.

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention. The principal accounting policies adopted are set 
out below.

The Company has not disclosed the information required by regulation 5(1)(b) of the Companies (Disclosure of Auditor Remuneration and Liability 
Limitation Agreements) Regulations 2008 as the Group accounts of the Company are required to comply with regulation 5(1)(b) as if the undertakings 
included in the consolidation were a single group.

1.2 Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, are set out in the strategic report on pages 2 to 39. 
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on 
pages 26 to 29 of the Strategic Report. Further disclosures regarding borrowings are provided in Note 24 of the Group financial statements including 
the impact of certain sensitivities.

The Directors are satisfied the Group has sufficient liquidity and covenant headroom to enable the Group to conduct its business and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due for at least the next 12 months. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is inextricably linked to the results of the Group as 
a whole. As such, the Directors consider the Company to be a going concern and these financial statements are prepared on this basis.

1.3 Fixed asset investments
The value of the investment in each subsidiary held by the Company is recorded at cost less any impairment in the Company’s statement of financial position.

A subsidiary is an entity that the Company has the power to control.

1.4 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and other short-term deposits held by the Company with maturities of three months or 
less. Bank overdrafts are classified within current liabilities.

1.5 Financial instruments
Fair value measurement of financial instruments
The Company has adopted IAS 39 ‘Recognition and Measurement of Financial Instruments’.

Financial assets
Financial assets which primarily represent loans to subsidiary companies and cash are initially recognised at fair value.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded initially at their fair value, net of direct transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently carried 
at their amortised cost and loan arrangement fees are amortised over the term of the instrument. Finance costs associated with each individual 
drawdown are expensed over the period of that drawdown.

Borrowings are classified as non-current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability until the end of the term 
of the agreement. Further details of the Company’s bank loans can be found in Note 24 of the Group financial statements.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceNotes to the parent company financial statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2017

122

1. Accounting policies continued
1.6 Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Dividends payable on equity instruments 
are recognised as liabilities once they are no longer at the discretion of the Company.

1.7 Taxation
Current taxation
Income tax for the years presented comprises current and deferred tax.

The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the period which differs from accounting profit as reported in the statement of comprehensive 
income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and those items never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

1.8 Dividend
Dividend distributions to Countryside Properties PLC shareholders are recognised in the Company’s financial statements in the periods in which the 
final dividends are approved in the Annual General Meeting, or when paid in the case of an interim dividend.

1.9 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as 
a deduction from the proceeds.

1.10 Related parties
The Group discloses transactions with related parties which are not wholly owned within the same Group. Where appropriate, transactions of 
a similar nature are aggregated unless, in the opinion of the Directors, separate disclosure is necessary to understand the effect of the transactions 
on the Group financial statements.

2. Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the financial statements requires the Directors to make estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income, expenses and related disclosures.

Critical accounting judgements
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, which are described above, the Directors have made no individual judgements that have 
had significant impact upon the financial information, apart from those involving estimations, which are dealt with below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The estimates and underlying assumptions are based on historical experience and other relevant factors and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
This approach forms the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Changes in accounting estimates may be necessary if there are changes in the circumstances on which the estimate was based or as a result of new 
information. Such changes are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised.

The key assumptions about the future and key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities are described below.

Impairment of fixed asset investments
Determining whether fixed asset investments are impaired requires judgement and estimation. The Directors periodically review fixed asset 
investments for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management’s judgement, that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Such indicating events would include a significant planned restructuring, a major change in market conditions 
or technology and expectations of future operating losses or negative cash flows. The Company did not record any impairment charges during 
the year ended 30 September 2017.

3. Operating loss
The Company had no employees during the year (2016: none).

Director’s emoluments are disclosed in note 5 of the Group financial statements. 

Details of the audit and tax fees can be found in note 6 of the Group financial statements.

4. Investments

At 1 October 

Disposals

At 30 September

2017
£m

727.1

(0.1)

727.0

2016
£m

727.1

—

727.1

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 September 2017 are included in Note 27 of the Group financial statements.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 20175. Debtors
Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Corporation tax recoverable

Prepayments and accrued income

The amounts owed by Group undertakings to the Company are unsecured, repayable on demand and non-interest bearing.

6. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Amounts falling due within one year:

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Accruals and deferred income

Bank loans and overdrafts

123

2017
£m

—

70.3

1.8

2.6

74.7

2017
£m

99.2

0.5

—

99.7

2016
£m

—

83.7

1.2

2.6

87.5

2016
£m

56.4

0.5

26.3

83.2

The amounts owed by Group undertakings to the Company are unsecured, repayable on demand and non-interest bearing.

Bank loans
In May 2016, the Company signed a new £300m revolving credit facility with Lloyds Bank plc, Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank plc and Santander UK plc, 
which was extended by one year in May 2017. Further details of this facility are disclosed in Note 24 of the Group financial statements.

Cash and cash equivalents available for offset
Within the revolving credit facility the Group has a £30m overdraft facility which can be drawn by any Group company which is in the pooling arrangement.

7. Called up share capital

2017

2016

Number of
shares

Called up share
capital
£m

Share premium
£m

Number of
shares

Share capital
£m

Share premium
£m

Issued, called up and fully paid

At 1 October

450,000,000

Issue of one ordinary share of £1 each in incorporation

Issue of £1 ordinary shares

Issue of £1 ordinary shares

Capital reduction

At 30 September

—

—

—

—

450,000,000

4.5

—

—

—

—

4.5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

9

449,999,990

—

—

—

—

450.0

(445.5)

450,000,000

4.5

—

—

—

72.2

(72.2)

—

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceNotes to the parent company financial statements continued
For the year ended 30 September 2017

124

8. Commitments and contingent liabilities
Parent company guarantee
The Company has made parent company guarantees to its associate and joint ventures in the ordinary course of business.

The Company has entered into counter indemnities to banks, insurance companies, statutory undertakings and the National House Building Council in 
the normal course of business, including those in respect of joint venture partners from which it is anticipated that no material liabilities will arise.

9. Dividends
The following dividends have been recognised as distributions in the year/period:

Prior year final dividend per share of 3.4 pence (2016: £Nil)

Current year interim dividend per share of 3.4 pence (2016: £Nil)

 2017
£m

15.3

15.3

30.6

2016
£m

—

—

—

The Board of Directors recommend a final dividend of 5.0 pence per share, amounting to a total dividend of £22.5m, which will be paid on 9 February 2018 
to shareholders on the register on 22 December 2018, subject to shareholder approval. The expense has not been recognised in these financial statements 
as the shareholders’ right to receive the dividend had not been established at 30 September 2017.

Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017Countryside Properties PLC // Annual report 2017  
Financial calendar 2018

Ex-dividend date

Record date

Payment of final dividend

Annual General Meeting

Trading update

Five-Year Summary

Adjusted revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating margin

Reported revenue

Reported operating profit

Reported operating margin

Return on capital employed

Tangible net asset value

Completions

Private average selling price

Sales rates

Open sales outlets

Forward sales

Land bank

Our advisors

Solicitors

Linklaters LLP
One Silk Street
London
EC2Y 8HQ

Shareholder information

21 December 2017

22 December 2017

9 February 2018

25 January 2018

25 January 2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

£1,028.8m

£164.1m

16.0%

£777.0m

£122.5m

15.8%

£615.8m

£468.7m

£307.6m

£91.2m

14.8%

£47.1m

10.0%

£26.2m

8.5%

£845.8m

£671.3m

£547.5m

£452.8m

£277.0m

£128.9m

£87.3m

£67.9m

£42.2m

£17.0m

15.2%

30.5%

13.0%

26.8%

12.4%

24.7%

9.3%

15.6%

6.1%

10.4%

£627.0m

£537.4m

£329.0m

£287.8m

£221.7m

3,389

2,657

2,364

2,044

1,591

£430,000

£465,000

£385,000

£329,000

£258,000

0.84

47

0.78

43

0.76

29

0.89

26

£242.4m

£225.4m

£137.5m

£137.3m

34,581

27,204

26,213

23,990

0.96

15

£49.2m

23,495

Chartered Accountants 
and Statutory Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London
WC2N 6RH

Joint Brokers

Barclays Bank PLC
1 Churchill Place
London
E14 5HP

Corporate Communications

Registrars

Brunswick Group LLP
16 Lincoln’s Inn Fields
London
WC2A 3ED

Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU

Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London
EC4M 7LT

Countryside Properties PLC’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this 
Annual Report which has been printed on Symbol Matt Plus which is FSC® certified.

It is printed in the UK by using environmental printing technology, and vegetable inks were 
used throughout.

The printer is a CarbonNeutral® company. The printer is registered with the 
Environmental Management System ISO14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council® 
(FSC®) chain-of-custody certified.

The unavoidable carbon emissions generated during the manufacture and delivery of this 
document have been reduced to net zero through a verified carbon offsetting project.

C

O

U

N

T

R

Y

S

I

D

E

P

R

O

P

E

R

T

I

E

S

P

L

C

/

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

7

Countryside House 
The Drive 
Brentwood 
Essex CM13 3AT

Telephone: 01277 260000

Email: group@cpplc.com